Provided by: cmake-data_3.22.1-1ubuntu1.22.04.2_all bug

NAME

       cmake-modules - CMake Modules Reference

       The  modules listed here are part of the CMake distribution.  Projects may provide further modules; their
       location(s) can be specified in the CMAKE_MODULE_PATH variable.

UTILITY MODULES

       These modules are loaded using the include() command.

   AndroidTestUtilities
       New in version 3.7.

       Create a test that automatically loads specified data onto an Android device.

   Introduction
       Use this module to push data needed for testing an Android  device  behavior  onto  a  connected  Android
       device.  The  module  will  accept files and libraries as well as separate destinations for each. It will
       create a test that loads the files into a device object  store  and  link  to  them  from  the  specified
       destination. The files are only uploaded if they are not already in the object store.

       For example:

          include(AndroidTestUtilities)
          android_add_test_data(
            example_setup_test
            FILES <files>...
            LIBS <libs>...
            DEVICE_TEST_DIR "/data/local/tests/example"
            DEVICE_OBJECT_STORE "/sdcard/.ExternalData/SHA"
            )

       At  build time a test named "example_setup_test" will be created.  Run this test on the command line with
       ctest(1) to load the data onto the Android device.

   Module Functions
       android_add_test_data

                 android_add_test_data(<test-name>
                   [FILES <files>...] [FILES_DEST <device-dir>]
                   [LIBS <libs>...]   [LIBS_DEST <device-dir>]
                   [DEVICE_OBJECT_STORE <device-dir>]
                   [DEVICE_TEST_DIR <device-dir>]
                   [NO_LINK_REGEX <strings>...]
                   )

              The  android_add_test_data  function  is  used  to  copy  files  and  libraries  needed   to   run
              project-specific  tests.  On  the host operating system, this is done at build time. For on-device
              testing, the files are loaded onto the device by the manufactured test at run time.

              This function accepts the following named parameters:

              FILES <files>...
                     zero or more files needed for testing

              LIBS <libs>...
                     zero or more libraries needed for testing

              FILES_DEST <device-dir>
                     absolute path where the data files are expected to be

              LIBS_DEST <device-dir>
                     absolute path where the libraries are expected to be

              DEVICE_OBJECT_STORE <device-dir>
                     absolute path to the location where the data is stored on-device

              DEVICE_TEST_DIR <device-dir>
                     absolute path to the root directory of the on-device test location

              NO_LINK_REGEX <strings>...
                     list of regex strings matching the names of files that should be  copied  from  the  object
                     store to the testing directory

   BundleUtilities
       Functions to help assemble a standalone bundle application.

       A  collection  of CMake utility functions useful for dealing with .app bundles on the Mac and bundle-like
       directories on any OS.

       The following functions are provided by this module:

          fixup_bundle
          copy_and_fixup_bundle
          verify_app
          get_bundle_main_executable
          get_dotapp_dir
          get_bundle_and_executable
          get_bundle_all_executables
          get_item_key
          get_item_rpaths
          clear_bundle_keys
          set_bundle_key_values
          get_bundle_keys
          copy_resolved_item_into_bundle
          copy_resolved_framework_into_bundle
          fixup_bundle_item
          verify_bundle_prerequisites
          verify_bundle_symlinks

       Requires CMake 2.6 or greater because  it  uses  function,  break  and  PARENT_SCOPE.   Also  depends  on
       GetPrerequisites.cmake.

       DO  NOT  USE  THESE  FUNCTIONS  AT  CONFIGURE  TIME  (from CMakeLists.txt)!  Instead, invoke them from an
       install(CODE) or install(SCRIPT) rule.

          fixup_bundle(<app> <libs> <dirs>)

       Fix up <app> bundle in-place and make it standalone, such that it can be drag-n-drop  copied  to  another
       machine and run on that machine as long as all of the system libraries are compatible.

       If  you pass plugins to fixup_bundle as the libs parameter, you should install them or copy them into the
       bundle before calling fixup_bundle.  The <libs> parameter is a list of libraries that must be  fixed  up,
       but that cannot be determined by otool output analysis  (i.e. plugins).

       Gather  all the keys for all the executables and libraries in a bundle, and then, for each key, copy each
       prerequisite into the bundle.  Then fix each one up according to its own list of prerequisites.

       Then clear all the keys and call verify_app on the final bundle to ensure that it is truly standalone.

       New in version 3.6: As an optional parameter (IGNORE_ITEM) a list of file names can be passed, which  are
       then ignored (e.g. IGNORE_ITEM "vcredist_x86.exe;vcredist_x64.exe").

          copy_and_fixup_bundle(<src> <dst> <libs> <dirs>)

       Makes  a  copy  of the bundle <src> at location <dst> and then fixes up the new copied bundle in-place at
       <dst>.

          verify_app(<app>)

       Verifies that an application  <app>  appears  valid  based  on  running  analysis  tools  on  it.   Calls
       message(FATAL_ERROR) if the application is not verified.

       New  in version 3.6: As an optional parameter (IGNORE_ITEM) a list of file names can be passed, which are
       then ignored (e.g. IGNORE_ITEM "vcredist_x86.exe;vcredist_x64.exe")

          get_bundle_main_executable(<bundle> <result_var>)

       The result will be the full path name of the bundle's main executable file or an error:  prefixed  string
       if it could not be determined.

          get_dotapp_dir(<exe> <dotapp_dir_var>)

       Returns  the nearest parent dir whose name ends with .app given the full path to an executable.  If there
       is no such parent dir, then simply return the dir containing the executable.

       The returned directory may or may not exist.

          get_bundle_and_executable(<app> <bundle_var> <executable_var> <valid_var>)

       Takes either a .app directory name or the name of an  executable  nested  inside  a  .app  directory  and
       returns  the  path  to  the  .app  directory  in  <bundle_var>  and  the  path  to its main executable in
       <executable_var>.

          get_bundle_all_executables(<bundle> <exes_var>)

       Scans <bundle> bundle recursively for all  <exes_var>  executable  files  and  accumulates  them  into  a
       variable.

          get_item_key(<item> <key_var>)

       Given  <item>  file  name,  generate <key_var> key that should be unique considering the set of libraries
       that need copying or fixing up to make a bundle standalone.  This is essentially the file name  including
       extension with . replaced by _

       This key is used as a prefix for CMake variables so that we can associate a set of variables with a given
       item based on its key.

          clear_bundle_keys(<keys_var>)

       Loop  over  the  <keys_var> list of keys, clearing all the variables associated with each key.  After the
       loop, clear the list of keys itself.

       Caller of get_bundle_keys should call clear_bundle_keys when done with list of keys.

          set_bundle_key_values(<keys_var> <context> <item> <exepath> <dirs>
                                <copyflag> [<rpaths>])

       Add <keys_var> key to the list (if necessary) for the given item.  If added, also set all  the  variables
       associated with that key.

          get_bundle_keys(<app> <libs> <dirs> <keys_var>)

       Loop  over  all  the  executable  and  library  files within <app> bundle (and given as extra <libs>) and
       accumulate a list of keys representing them.  Set values associated with each key such that we  can  loop
       over  all  of  them  and copy prerequisite libs into the bundle and then do appropriate install_name_tool
       fixups.

       New in version 3.6: As an optional parameter (IGNORE_ITEM) a list of file names can be passed, which  are
       then ignored (e.g. IGNORE_ITEM "vcredist_x86.exe;vcredist_x64.exe")

          copy_resolved_item_into_bundle(<resolved_item> <resolved_embedded_item>)

       Copy a resolved item into the bundle if necessary.  Copy is not necessary, if the <resolved_item> is "the
       same as" the <resolved_embedded_item>.

          copy_resolved_framework_into_bundle(<resolved_item> <resolved_embedded_item>)

       Copy a resolved framework into the bundle if necessary.  Copy is not necessary, if the <resolved_item> is
       "the same as" the <resolved_embedded_item>.

       By  default,  BU_COPY_FULL_FRAMEWORK_CONTENTS  is  not set.  If you want full frameworks embedded in your
       bundles,  set  BU_COPY_FULL_FRAMEWORK_CONTENTS  to  ON  before   calling   fixup_bundle.    By   default,
       COPY_RESOLVED_FRAMEWORK_INTO_BUNDLE  copies  the  framework  dylib  itself  plus  the framework Resources
       directory.

          fixup_bundle_item(<resolved_embedded_item> <exepath> <dirs>)

       Get the direct/non-system prerequisites of the <resolved_embedded_item>.  For each  prerequisite,  change
       the  way it is referenced to the value of the _EMBEDDED_ITEM keyed variable for that prerequisite.  (Most
       likely changing to an @executable_path style reference.)

       This function requires that the <resolved_embedded_item> be inside the bundle already.  In  other  words,
       if  you pass plugins to fixup_bundle as the libs parameter, you should install them or copy them into the
       bundle before calling fixup_bundle.  The libs parameter is a list of libraries that must be fixed up, but
       that cannot be determined by otool output analysis.  (i.e., plugins)

       Also, change the id of the item being fixed up to its own _EMBEDDED_ITEM value.

       Accumulate changes in a local variable and make one call to install_name_tool at the end of the  function
       with all the changes at once.

       If  the  BU_CHMOD_BUNDLE_ITEMS  variable  is  set  then  bundle  items  will  be  marked  writable before
       install_name_tool tries to change them.

          verify_bundle_prerequisites(<bundle> <result_var> <info_var>)

       Verifies that the sum of all prerequisites of all files inside the bundle are contained within the bundle
       or are system libraries, presumed to exist everywhere.

       New in version 3.6: As an optional parameter (IGNORE_ITEM) a list of file names can be passed, which  are
       then ignored (e.g. IGNORE_ITEM "vcredist_x86.exe;vcredist_x64.exe")

          verify_bundle_symlinks(<bundle> <result_var> <info_var>)

       Verifies that any symlinks found in the <bundle> bundle point to other files that are already also in the
       bundle...  Anything that points to an external file causes this function to fail the verification.

   CheckCCompilerFlag
       Check whether the C compiler supports a given flag.

       check_c_compiler_flag

                 check_c_compiler_flag(<flag> <var>)

              Check  that  the <flag> is accepted by the compiler without a diagnostic.  Stores the result in an
              internal cache entry named <var>.

       This   command   temporarily   sets   the   CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS    variable    and    calls    the
       check_c_source_compiles macro from the CheckCSourceCompiles module.  See documentation of that module for
       a listing of variables that can otherwise modify the build.

       A  positive  result  from  this check indicates only that the compiler did not issue a diagnostic message
       when given the flag.  Whether the flag has any effect or even a specific one is beyond the scope of  this
       module.

       NOTE:
          Since  the  try_compile()  command  forwards flags from variables like CMAKE_C_FLAGS, unknown flags in
          such variables may cause a false negative for this check.

   CheckCompilerFlag
       New in version 3.19.

       Check whether the compiler supports a given flag.

       check_compiler_flag

                 check_compiler_flag(<lang> <flag> <var>)

       Check that the <flag> is accepted by the compiler without a diagnostic.  Stores the result in an internal
       cache entry named <var>.

       This   command   temporarily   sets   the   CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS    variable    and    calls    the
       check_source_compiles(<LANG>)  function  from  the CheckSourceCompiles module.  See documentation of that
       module for a listing of variables that can otherwise modify the build.

       A positive result from this check indicates only that the compiler did not  issue  a  diagnostic  message
       when  given the flag.  Whether the flag has any effect or even a specific one is beyond the scope of this
       module.

       NOTE:
          Since the try_compile() command forwards flags from variables like CMAKE_<LANG>_FLAGS,  unknown  flags
          in such variables may cause a false negative for this check.

   CheckCSourceCompiles
       Check if given C source compiles and links into an executable.

       check_c_source_compiles

                 check_c_source_compiles(<code> <resultVar>
                                         [FAIL_REGEX <regex1> [<regex2>...]])

              Check  that  the  source  supplied  in  <code> can be compiled as a C source file and linked as an
              executable (so it must contain at least a main() function). The  result  will  be  stored  in  the
              internal  cache  variable  specified  by  <resultVar>,  with  a boolean true value for success and
              boolean false for failure. If FAIL_REGEX is provided, then failure is determined  by  checking  if
              anything in the output matches any of the specified regular expressions.

              The  underlying check is performed by the try_compile() command. The compile and link commands can
              be   influenced   by   setting   any   of   the   following    variables    prior    to    calling
              check_c_source_compiles():

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
                     Additional  flags  to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_C_FLAGS and its
                     associated configuration-specific variable are automatically added to the compiler  command
                     before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
                     A  ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name
                     specified by <resultVar> will also be added automatically.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
                     A ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler. These  will  be  the  only  header
                     search  paths used by try_compile(), i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES directory
                     property will be ignored.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
                     New in version 3.14.

                     A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_compile() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
                     A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
                     or they can be Imported Targets (see try_compile() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
                     New in version 3.1.

                     If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
                     check will be suppressed.

              The check is only performed once, with the result cached in the  variable  named  by  <resultVar>.
              Every  subsequent  CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the check again,
              even if the <code> changes.  In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by
              <resultVar> must be manually removed from the cache.

   CheckCSourceRuns
       Check if given C source compiles and links into an executable and can subsequently be run.

       check_c_source_runs

                 check_c_source_runs(<code> <resultVar>)

              Check that the source supplied in <code> can be  compiled  as  a  C  source  file,  linked  as  an
              executable  and  then run. The <code> must contain at least a main() function. If the <code> could
              be built and run successfully, the internal cache variable specified by <resultVar> will be set to
              1, otherwise it will be set to an value that evaluates to boolean false (e.g. an empty  string  or
              an error message).

              The  underlying  check is performed by the try_run() command. The compile and link commands can be
              influenced by setting any of the following variables prior to calling check_c_source_runs():

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
                     Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_C_FLAGS  and  its
                     associated  configuration-specific variable are automatically added to the compiler command
                     before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
                     A ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the  name
                     specified by <resultVar> will also be added automatically.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
                     A  ;-list  of  header  search  paths to pass to the compiler. These will be the only header
                     search paths used by try_run(), i.e. the  contents  of  the  INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES  directory
                     property will be ignored.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
                     New in version 3.14.

                     A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_run() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
                     A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
                     or they can be Imported Targets (see try_run() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
                     New in version 3.1.

                     If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
                     check will be suppressed.

              The  check  is  only  performed once, with the result cached in the variable named by <resultVar>.
              Every subsequent CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the  check  again,
              even if the <code> changes.  In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by
              <resultVar> must be manually removed from the cache.

   CheckCXXCompilerFlag
       Check whether the CXX compiler supports a given flag.

       check_cxx_compiler_flag

                 check_cxx_compiler_flag(<flag> <var>)

              Check  that  the <flag> is accepted by the compiler without a diagnostic.  Stores the result in an
              internal cache entry named <var>.

       This   command   temporarily   sets   the   CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS    variable    and    calls    the
       check_cxx_source_compiles macro from the CheckCXXSourceCompiles module.  See documentation of that module
       for a listing of variables that can otherwise modify the build.

       A  positive  result  from  this check indicates only that the compiler did not issue a diagnostic message
       when given the flag.  Whether the flag has any effect or even a specific one is beyond the scope of  this
       module.

       NOTE:
          Since  the  try_compile() command forwards flags from variables like CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS, unknown flags in
          such variables may cause a false negative for this check.

   CheckCXXSourceCompiles
       Check if given C++ source compiles and links into an executable.

       check_cxx_source_compiles

                 check_cxx_source_compiles(<code> <resultVar>
                                           [FAIL_REGEX <regex1> [<regex2>...]])

              Check that the source supplied in <code> can be compiled as a C++ source file  and  linked  as  an
              executable  (so  it  must  contain  at  least a main() function). The result will be stored in the
              internal cache variable specified by <resultVar>, with  a  boolean  true  value  for  success  and
              boolean  false  for  failure. If FAIL_REGEX is provided, then failure is determined by checking if
              anything in the output matches any of the specified regular expressions.

              The underlying check is performed by the try_compile() command. The compile and link commands  can
              be    influenced    by    setting    any   of   the   following   variables   prior   to   calling
              check_cxx_source_compiles():

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
                     Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS and its
                     associated configuration-specific variable are automatically added to the compiler  command
                     before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
                     A  ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name
                     specified by <resultVar> will also be added automatically.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
                     A ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler. These  will  be  the  only  header
                     search  paths used by try_compile(), i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES directory
                     property will be ignored.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
                     New in version 3.14.

                     A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_compile() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
                     A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
                     or they can be Imported Targets (see try_compile() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
                     New in version 3.1.

                     If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
                     check will be suppressed.

              The check is only performed once, with the result cached in the  variable  named  by  <resultVar>.
              Every  subsequent  CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the check again,
              even if the <code> changes.  In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by
              <resultVar> must be manually removed from the cache.

   CheckCXXSourceRuns
       Check if given C++ source compiles and links into an executable and can subsequently be run.

       check_cxx_source_runs

                 check_cxx_source_runs(<code> <resultVar>)

              Check that the source supplied in <code> can be compiled as  a  C++  source  file,  linked  as  an
              executable  and  then run. The <code> must contain at least a main() function. If the <code> could
              be built and run successfully, the internal cache variable specified by <resultVar> will be set to
              1, otherwise it will be set to an value that evaluates to boolean false (e.g. an empty  string  or
              an error message).

              The  underlying  check is performed by the try_run() command. The compile and link commands can be
              influenced by setting any of the following variables prior to calling check_cxx_source_runs():

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
                     Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS and its
                     associated configuration-specific variable are automatically added to the compiler  command
                     before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
                     A  ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name
                     specified by <resultVar> will also be added automatically.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
                     A ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler. These  will  be  the  only  header
                     search  paths  used  by  try_run(),  i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES directory
                     property will be ignored.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
                     New in version 3.14.

                     A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_run() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
                     A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
                     or they can be Imported Targets (see try_run() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
                     New in version 3.1.

                     If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
                     check will be suppressed.

              The check is only performed once, with the result cached in the  variable  named  by  <resultVar>.
              Every  subsequent  CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the check again,
              even if the <code> changes.  In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by
              <resultVar> must be manually removed from the cache.

   CheckCXXSymbolExists
       Check if a symbol exists as a function, variable, or macro in C++.

       check_cxx_symbol_exists

                 check_cxx_symbol_exists(<symbol> <files> <variable>)

              Check that the <symbol> is available after including given header <files> and store the result  in
              a  <variable>.   Specify  the  list  of  files  in  one  argument  as  a semicolon-separated list.
              check_cxx_symbol_exists() can be used to check for symbols as seen by the C++ compiler, as opposed
              to check_symbol_exists(), which always uses the C compiler.

              If the header files define the symbol as a macro it is considered available and assumed  to  work.
              If  the  header  files  declare  the symbol as a function or variable then the symbol must also be
              available for linking.  If the symbol is a type, enum value,  or  C++  template  it  will  not  be
              recognized: consider using the CheckTypeSize or CheckSourceCompiles module instead.

       NOTE:
          This  command  is  unreliable when <symbol> is (potentially) an overloaded function. Since there is no
          reliable way to predict whether a given function in the  system  environment  may  be  defined  as  an
          overloaded function or may be an overloaded function on other systems or will become so in the future,
          it  is  generally  advised  to  use the CheckCXXSourceCompiles module for checking any function symbol
          (unless somehow you surely know the checked function is not overloaded on other systems or will not be
          so in the future).

       The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
              string of compile command line flags.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
              a ;-list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar).

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
              a ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
              New in version 3.14: a ;-list of options to add to the link command.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
              a ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. See policy CMP0075.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
              New in version 3.1: execute quietly without messages.

       For example:

          include(CheckCXXSymbolExists)

          # Check for macro SEEK_SET
          check_cxx_symbol_exists(SEEK_SET "cstdio" HAVE_SEEK_SET)
          # Check for function std::fopen
          check_cxx_symbol_exists(std::fopen "cstdio" HAVE_STD_FOPEN)

   CheckFortranCompilerFlag
       New in version 3.3.

       Check whether the Fortran compiler supports a given flag.

       check_fortran_compiler_flag

                 check_fortran_compiler_flag(<flag> <var>)

              Check that the <flag> is accepted by the compiler without a diagnostic.  Stores the result  in  an
              internal cache entry named <var>.

       This    command    temporarily    sets    the   CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS   variable   and   calls   the
       check_fortran_source_compiles macro from the CheckFortranSourceCompiles  module.   See  documentation  of
       that module for a listing of variables that can otherwise modify the build.

       A  positive  result  from  this check indicates only that the compiler did not issue a diagnostic message
       when given the flag.  Whether the flag has any effect or even a specific one is beyond the scope of  this
       module.

       NOTE:
          Since  the try_compile() command forwards flags from variables like CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS, unknown flags
          in such variables may cause a false negative for this check.

   CheckFortranFunctionExists
       Check if a Fortran function exists.

       CHECK_FORTRAN_FUNCTION_EXISTS

                 CHECK_FORTRAN_FUNCTION_EXISTS(<function> <result>)

              where

              <function>
                     the name of the Fortran function

              <result>
                     variable to store the result; will be created as an internal cache variable.

       NOTE:
          This command does not detect functions in Fortran  modules.  In  general  it  is  recommended  to  use
          CheckSourceCompiles instead to determine if a Fortran function or subroutine is available.

       The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
              New in version 3.14: A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_compile() for further
              details).

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
              A  ;-list  of  libraries  to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries or
              they can be Imported Targets (see try_compile() for further details).

   CheckFortranSourceCompiles
       New in version 3.1.

       Check if given Fortran source compiles and links into an executable.

       check_fortran_source_compiles

                 check_fortran_source_compiles(<code> <resultVar>
                     [FAIL_REGEX <regex>...]
                     [SRC_EXT <extension>]
                 )

              Checks that the source supplied in <code> can be compiled as a Fortran source file and  linked  as
              an  executable.  The  <code>  must  be a Fortran program containing at least an end statement--for
              example:

                 check_fortran_source_compiles("character :: b; error stop b; end" F2018ESTOPOK SRC_EXT F90)

              This command can help avoid costly build processes when a compiler lacks support for  a  necessary
              feature,  or a particular vendor library is not compatible with the Fortran compiler version being
              used. This generate-time check may advise the user of such before the main build process. See also
              the check_fortran_source_runs() command to actually run the compiled code.

              The result will be stored in the internal cache variable <resultVar>, with a  boolean  true  value
              for success and boolean false for failure.

              If  FAIL_REGEX  is  provided,  then  failure  is  determined by checking if anything in the output
              matches any of the specified regular expressions.

              By default, the test source file will be given a .F file extension. The SRC_EXT option can be used
              to override this with .<extension> instead-- .F90 is a typical choice.

              The underlying check is performed by the try_compile() command. The compile and link commands  can
              be    influenced    by    setting    any   of   the   following   variables   prior   to   calling
              check_fortran_source_compiles():

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
                     Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS and
                     its associated configuration-specific variable are  automatically  added  to  the  compiler
                     command before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
                     A  ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name
                     specified by <resultVar> will also be added automatically.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
                     A ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler. These  will  be  the  only  header
                     search  paths used by try_compile(), i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES directory
                     property will be ignored.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
                     New in version 3.14.

                     A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_compile() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
                     A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
                     or they can be Imported Targets (see try_compile() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
                     If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
                     check will be suppressed.

              The check is only performed once, with the result cached in the  variable  named  by  <resultVar>.
              Every  subsequent  CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the check again,
              even if the <code> changes.  In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by
              <resultVar> must be manually removed from the cache.

   CheckFortranSourceRuns
       New in version 3.14.

       Check if given Fortran source compiles and links into an executable and can subsequently be run.

       check_fortran_source_runs

                 check_fortran_source_runs(<code> <resultVar>
                     [SRC_EXT <extension>])

              Check that the source supplied in <code> can be compiled as a Fortran source file,  linked  as  an
              executable  and  then  run.  The  <code>  must  be  a  Fortran  program containing at least an end
              statement--for example:

                 check_fortran_source_runs("real :: x[*]; call co_sum(x); end" F2018coarrayOK)

              This command can help avoid costly build processes when a compiler lacks support for  a  necessary
              feature,  or a particular vendor library is not compatible with the Fortran compiler version being
              used. Some of these failures only occur at runtime instead of  linktime,  and  a  trivial  runtime
              example can catch the issue before the main build process.

              If  the  <code>  could  be  built  and  run successfully, the internal cache variable specified by
              <resultVar> will be set to 1, otherwise it will be set to an value that evaluates to boolean false
              (e.g. an empty string or an error message).

              By default, the test source file will be given a .F90 file extension. The SRC_EXT  option  can  be
              used to override this with .<extension> instead.

              The  underlying  check is performed by the try_run() command. The compile and link commands can be
              influenced by setting any of the following variables prior to calling check_fortran_source_runs():

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
                     Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS and
                     its associated configuration-specific variable are  automatically  added  to  the  compiler
                     command before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
                     A  ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name
                     specified by <resultVar> will also be added automatically.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
                     A ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler. These  will  be  the  only  header
                     search  paths  used  by  try_run(),  i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES directory
                     property will be ignored.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
                     A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_run() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
                     A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
                     or they can be Imported Targets (see try_run() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
                     If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
                     check will be suppressed.

              The check is only performed once, with the result cached in the  variable  named  by  <resultVar>.
              Every  subsequent  CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the check again,
              even if the <code> changes.  In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by
              <resultVar> must be manually removed from the cache.

   CheckFunctionExists
       Check if a C function can be linked

       check_function_exists

                 check_function_exists(<function> <variable>)

              Checks that the <function> is provided by libraries on the  system  and  store  the  result  in  a
              <variable>, which will be created as an internal cache variable.

       The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
              string of compile command line flags.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
              a ;-list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar).

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
              a ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
              New in version 3.14: a ;-list of options to add to the link command.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
              a ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. See policy CMP0075.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
              New in version 3.1: execute quietly without messages.

       NOTE:
          Prefer using CheckSymbolExists instead of this module, for the following reasons:

          • check_function_exists() can't detect functions that are inlined in headers or specified as a macro.

          • check_function_exists()  can't detect anything in the 32-bit versions of the Win32 API, because of a
            mismatch in calling conventions.

          • check_function_exists() only verifies linking, it does not verify that the function is  declared  in
            system headers.

   CheckIncludeFileCXX
       Provides a macro to check if a header file can be included in CXX.

       CHECK_INCLUDE_FILE_CXX

                 CHECK_INCLUDE_FILE_CXX(<include> <variable> [<flags>])

              Check  if the given <include> file may be included in a CXX source file and store the result in an
              internal cache entry named <variable>.  The optional third argument may be used to add compilation
              flags to the check (or use CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS below).

       The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
              string of compile command line flags.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
              a ;-list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar).

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
              a ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
              New in version 3.14: a ;-list of options to add to the link command.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
              a ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. See policy CMP0075.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
              New in version 3.1: execute quietly without messages.

       See modules CheckIncludeFile and CheckIncludeFiles to check for one or more C headers.

   CheckIncludeFile
       Provides a macro to check if a header file can be included in C.

       CHECK_INCLUDE_FILE

                 CHECK_INCLUDE_FILE(<include> <variable> [<flags>])

              Check if the given <include> file may be included in a C source file and store the  result  in  an
              internal cache entry named <variable>.  The optional third argument may be used to add compilation
              flags to the check (or use CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS below).

       The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
              string of compile command line flags.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
              a ;-list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar).

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
              a ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
              New in version 3.14: a ;-list of options to add to the link command.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
              a ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. See policy CMP0075.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
              New in version 3.1: execute quietly without messages.

       See  the  CheckIncludeFiles  module  to  check for multiple headers at once.  See the CheckIncludeFileCXX
       module to check for headers using the CXX language.

   CheckIncludeFiles
       Provides a macro to check if a list of one or more header files can be included together.

       CHECK_INCLUDE_FILES

                 CHECK_INCLUDE_FILES("<includes>" <variable> [LANGUAGE <language>])

              Check if the given <includes> list may be included together in a source file and store the  result
              in  an  internal  cache  entry  named  <variable>.  Specify the <includes> argument as a ;-list of
              header file names.

              If LANGUAGE is set, the specified compiler will be used to perform the  check.  Acceptable  values
              are  C  and  CXX.  If  not  set,  the C compiler will be used if enabled. If the C compiler is not
              enabled, the C++ compiler will be used if enabled.

       The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
              string of compile command line flags.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
              a ;-list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar).

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
              a ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
              New in version 3.14: a ;-list of options to add to the link command.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
              a ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. See policy CMP0075.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
              New in version 3.1: execute quietly without messages.

       See modules CheckIncludeFile and CheckIncludeFileCXX to check for a  single  header  file  in  C  or  CXX
       languages.

   CheckIPOSupported
       New in version 3.9.

       Check  whether the compiler supports an interprocedural optimization (IPO/LTO).  Use this before enabling
       the INTERPROCEDURAL_OPTIMIZATION target property.

       check_ipo_supported

                 check_ipo_supported([RESULT <result>] [OUTPUT <output>]
                                     [LANGUAGES <lang>...])

              Options are:

              RESULT <result>
                     Set <result> variable to YES if IPO is supported by the compiler and NO otherwise.  If this
                     option is not given then the command will issue a fatal error if IPO is not supported.

              OUTPUT <output>
                     Set <output> variable with details about any error.

              LANGUAGES <lang>...
                     Specify languages whose compilers to check.  Languages C, CXX, and Fortran are supported.

       It makes no sense to use this module when CMP0069 is set to OLD so module will return error in this case.
       See policy CMP0069 for details.

       New in version 3.13: Add support for Visual Studio generators.

   Examples
          check_ipo_supported() # fatal error if IPO is not supported
          set_property(TARGET foo PROPERTY INTERPROCEDURAL_OPTIMIZATION TRUE)

          # Optional IPO. Do not use IPO if it's not supported by compiler.
          check_ipo_supported(RESULT result OUTPUT output)
          if(result)
            set_property(TARGET foo PROPERTY INTERPROCEDURAL_OPTIMIZATION TRUE)
          else()
            message(WARNING "IPO is not supported: ${output}")
          endif()

   CheckLanguage
       Check if a language can be enabled

       Usage:

          check_language(<lang>)

       where  <lang>  is  a  language  that  may  be  passed  to  enable_language()   such   as   Fortran.    If
       CMAKE_<LANG>_COMPILER  is  already  defined  the  check  does  nothing.   Otherwise it tries enabling the
       language in a test project.  The result is cached in  CMAKE_<LANG>_COMPILER  as  the  compiler  that  was
       found,  or NOTFOUND if the language cannot be enabled. For CUDA which can have an explicit host compiler,
       the cache CMAKE_CUDA_HOST_COMPILER variable will be set if it was required for compilation  (and  cleared
       if it was not).

       Example:

          check_language(Fortran)
          if(CMAKE_Fortran_COMPILER)
            enable_language(Fortran)
          else()
            message(STATUS "No Fortran support")
          endif()

   CheckLibraryExists
       Check if the function exists.

       CHECK_LIBRARY_EXISTS

                 CHECK_LIBRARY_EXISTS(LIBRARY FUNCTION LOCATION VARIABLE)

                 LIBRARY  - the name of the library you are looking for
                 FUNCTION - the name of the function
                 LOCATION - location where the library should be found
                 VARIABLE - variable to store the result
                            Will be created as an internal cache variable.

       The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
              string of compile command line flags.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
              list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar).

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
              New in version 3.14: list of options to pass to link command.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
              list of libraries to link.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
              New in version 3.1: execute quietly without messages.

   CheckLinkerFlag
       New in version 3.18.

       Check whether the compiler supports a given link flag.

       check_linker_flag

                 check_linker_flag(<lang> <flag> <var>)

       Check that the link <flag> is accepted by the <lang> compiler without a diagnostic.  Stores the result in
       an internal cache entry named <var>.

       This    command    temporarily    sets   the   CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS   variable   and   calls   the
       check_source_compiles() command from the CheckSourceCompiles module.  See that module's documentation for
       a listing of variables that can otherwise modify the build.

       The underlying implementation relies on the LINK_OPTIONS  property  to  check  the  specified  flag.  The
       LINKER: prefix, as described in the target_link_options() command, can be used as well.

       A  positive  result  from  this check indicates only that the compiler did not issue a diagnostic message
       when given the link flag.  Whether the flag has any effect or even a specific one is beyond the scope  of
       this module.

       NOTE:
          Since  the  try_compile() command forwards flags from variables like CMAKE_<LANG>_FLAGS, unknown flags
          in such variables may cause a false negative for this check.

   CheckOBJCCompilerFlag
       New in version 3.16.

       Check whether the Objective-C compiler supports a given flag.

       check_objc_compiler_flag

                 check_objc_compiler_flag(<flag> <var>)

              Check that the <flag> is accepted by the compiler without a diagnostic.  Stores the result  in  an
              internal cache entry named <var>.

       This    command    temporarily    sets    the   CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS   variable   and   calls   the
       check_objc_source_compiles macro from the CheckOBJCSourceCompiles  module.   See  documentation  of  that
       module for a listing of variables that can otherwise modify the build.

       A  positive  result  from  this check indicates only that the compiler did not issue a diagnostic message
       when given the flag.  Whether the flag has any effect or even a specific one is beyond the scope of  this
       module.

       NOTE:
          Since  the try_compile() command forwards flags from variables like CMAKE_OBJC_FLAGS, unknown flags in
          such variables may cause a false negative for this check.

   CheckOBJCSourceCompiles
       New in version 3.16.

       Check if given Objective-C source compiles and links into an executable.

       check_objc_source_compiles

                 check_objc_source_compiles(<code> <resultVar>
                                            [FAIL_REGEX <regex1> [<regex2>...]])

              Check that the source supplied in <code> can be compiled as a Objectie-C source file and linked as
              an executable (so it must contain at least a main() function). The result will be  stored  in  the
              internal  cache  variable  specified  by  <resultVar>,  with  a boolean true value for success and
              boolean false for failure. If FAIL_REGEX is provided, then failure is determined  by  checking  if
              anything in the output matches any of the specified regular expressions.

              The  underlying check is performed by the try_compile() command. The compile and link commands can
              be   influenced   by   setting   any   of   the   following    variables    prior    to    calling
              check_objc_source_compiles():

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
                     Additional  flags  to  pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_OBJC_FLAGS and
                     its associated configuration-specific variable are  automatically  added  to  the  compiler
                     command before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
                     A  ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name
                     specified by <resultVar> will also be added automatically.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
                     A ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler. These  will  be  the  only  header
                     search  paths used by try_compile(), i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES directory
                     property will be ignored.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
                     A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_compile() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
                     A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
                     or they can be Imported Targets (see try_compile() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
                     If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
                     check will be suppressed.

              The check is only performed once, with the result cached in the  variable  named  by  <resultVar>.
              Every  subsequent  CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the check again,
              even if the <code> changes.  In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by
              <resultVar> must be manually removed from the cache.

   CheckOBJCSourceRuns
       New in version 3.16.

       Check if given Objective-C source compiles and links into an executable and can subsequently be run.

       check_objc_source_runs

                 check_objc_source_runs(<code> <resultVar>)

              Check that the source supplied in <code> can be compiled as a Objective-C source file,  linked  as
              an  executable  and  then  run.  The <code> must contain at least a main() function. If the <code>
              could be built and run successfully, the internal cache variable specified by <resultVar> will  be
              set  to  1,  otherwise  it  will be set to an value that evaluates to boolean false (e.g. an empty
              string or an error message).

              The underlying check is performed by the try_run() command. The compile and link commands  can  be
              influenced by setting any of the following variables prior to calling check_objc_source_runs():

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
                     Additional  flags  to  pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_OBJC_FLAGS and
                     its associated configuration-specific variable are  automatically  added  to  the  compiler
                     command before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
                     A  ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name
                     specified by <resultVar> will also be added automatically.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
                     A ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler. These  will  be  the  only  header
                     search  paths  used  by  try_run(),  i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES directory
                     property will be ignored.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
                     A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_run() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
                     A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
                     or they can be Imported Targets (see try_run() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
                     If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
                     check will be suppressed.

              The check is only performed once, with the result cached in the  variable  named  by  <resultVar>.
              Every  subsequent  CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the check again,
              even if the <code> changes.  In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by
              <resultVar> must be manually removed from the cache.

   CheckOBJCXXCompilerFlag
       New in version 3.16.

       Check whether the Objective-C++ compiler supports a given flag.

       check_objcxx_compiler_flag

                 check_objcxx_compiler_flag(<flag> <var>)

              Check that the <flag> is accepted by the compiler without a diagnostic.  Stores the result  in  an
              internal cache entry named <var>.

       This    command    temporarily    sets    the   CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS   variable   and   calls   the
       check_objcxx_source_compiles macro from the CheckOBJCXXSourceCompiles module.  See documentation of  that
       module for a listing of variables that can otherwise modify the build.

       A  positive  result  from  this check indicates only that the compiler did not issue a diagnostic message
       when given the flag.  Whether the flag has any effect or even a specific one is beyond the scope of  this
       module.

       NOTE:
          Since  the  try_compile() command forwards flags from variables like CMAKE_OBJCXX_FLAGS, unknown flags
          in such variables may cause a false negative for this check.

   CheckOBJCXXSourceCompiles
       New in version 3.16.

       Check if given Objective-C++ source compiles and links into an executable.

       check_objcxx_source_compiles

                 check_objcxx_source_compiles(<code> <resultVar>
                                              [FAIL_REGEX <regex1> [<regex2>...]])

              Check that the source supplied in <code> can be compiled as a Objective-C++ source file and linked
              as an executable (so it must contain at least a main() function). The result will be stored in the
              internal cache variable specified by <resultVar>, with  a  boolean  true  value  for  success  and
              boolean  false  for  failure. If FAIL_REGEX is provided, then failure is determined by checking if
              anything in the output matches any of the specified regular expressions.

              The underlying check is performed by the try_compile() command. The compile and link commands  can
              be    influenced    by    setting    any   of   the   following   variables   prior   to   calling
              check_objcxx_source_compiles():

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
                     Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_OBJCXX_FLAGS  and
                     its  associated  configuration-specific  variable  are  automatically added to the compiler
                     command before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
                     A ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the  name
                     specified by <resultVar> will also be added automatically.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
                     A  ;-list  of  header  search  paths to pass to the compiler. These will be the only header
                     search paths used by try_compile(), i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES  directory
                     property will be ignored.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
                     A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_compile() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
                     A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
                     or they can be Imported Targets (see try_compile() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
                     If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
                     check will be suppressed.

              The  check  is  only  performed once, with the result cached in the variable named by <resultVar>.
              Every subsequent CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the  check  again,
              even if the <code> changes.  In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by
              <resultVar> must be manually removed from the cache.

   CheckOBJCXXSourceRuns
       New in version 3.16.

       Check if given Objective-C++ source compiles and links into an executable and can subsequently be run.

       check_objcxx_source_runs

                 check_objcxx_source_runs(<code> <resultVar>)

              Check that the source supplied in <code> can be compiled as a Objective-C++ source file, linked as
              an  executable  and  then  run.  The <code> must contain at least a main() function. If the <code>
              could be built and run successfully, the internal cache variable specified by <resultVar> will  be
              set  to  1,  otherwise  it  will be set to an value that evaluates to boolean false (e.g. an empty
              string or an error message).

              The underlying check is performed by the try_run() command. The compile and link commands  can  be
              influenced by setting any of the following variables prior to calling check_objcxx_source_runs():

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
                     Additional  flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_OBJCXX_FLAGS and
                     its associated configuration-specific variable are  automatically  added  to  the  compiler
                     command before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
                     A  ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name
                     specified by <resultVar> will also be added automatically.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
                     A ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler. These  will  be  the  only  header
                     search  paths  used  by  try_run(),  i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES directory
                     property will be ignored.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
                     A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_run() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
                     A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
                     or they can be Imported Targets (see try_run() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
                     If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
                     check will be suppressed.

              The check is only performed once, with the result cached in the  variable  named  by  <resultVar>.
              Every  subsequent  CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the check again,
              even if the <code> changes.  In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by
              <resultVar> must be manually removed from the cache.

   CheckPIESupported
       New in version 3.14.

       Check whether the linker supports Position  Independent  Code  (PIE)  or  No  Position  Independent  Code
       (NO_PIE)  for  executables.   Use  this  to ensure that the POSITION_INDEPENDENT_CODE target property for
       executables will be honored at link time.

       check_pie_supported

                 check_pie_supported([OUTPUT_VARIABLE <output>]
                                     [LANGUAGES <lang>...])

              Options are:

              OUTPUT_VARIABLE <output>
                     Set <output> variable with details about any error.

              LANGUAGES <lang>...
                     Check the linkers used for each of the specified languages.   Supported  languages  are  C,
                     CXX, and Fortran.

       It  makes  no sense to use this module when CMP0083 is set to OLD, so the command will return an error in
       this case.  See policy CMP0083 for details.

   Variables
       For each language checked, two boolean cache variables are defined.

          CMAKE_<lang>_LINK_PIE_SUPPORTED
                 Set to YES if PIE is supported by the linker and NO otherwise.

          CMAKE_<lang>_LINK_NO_PIE_SUPPORTED
                 Set to YES if NO_PIE is supported by the linker and NO otherwise.

   Examples
          check_pie_supported()
          set_property(TARGET foo PROPERTY POSITION_INDEPENDENT_CODE TRUE)

          # Retrieve any error message.
          check_pie_supported(OUTPUT_VARIABLE output LANGUAGES C)
          set_property(TARGET foo PROPERTY POSITION_INDEPENDENT_CODE TRUE)
          if(NOT CMAKE_C_LINK_PIE_SUPPORTED)
            message(WARNING "PIE is not supported at link time: ${output}.\n"
                            "PIE link options will not be passed to linker.")
          endif()

   CheckPrototypeDefinition
       Check if the prototype we expect is correct.

       check_prototype_definition

                 check_prototype_definition(FUNCTION PROTOTYPE RETURN HEADER VARIABLE)

                 FUNCTION - The name of the function (used to check if prototype exists)
                 PROTOTYPE- The prototype to check.
                 RETURN - The return value of the function.
                 HEADER - The header files required.
                 VARIABLE - The variable to store the result.
                            Will be created as an internal cache variable.

              Example:

                 check_prototype_definition(getpwent_r
                  "struct passwd *getpwent_r(struct passwd *src, char *buf, int buflen)"
                  "NULL"
                  "unistd.h;pwd.h"
                  SOLARIS_GETPWENT_R)

       The following variables may be set before calling this function to modify the way the check is run:

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
              string of compile command line flags.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
              list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar).

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
              list of include directories.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
              New in version 3.14: list of options to pass to link command.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
              list of libraries to link.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
              New in version 3.1: execute quietly without messages.

   CheckSourceCompiles
       New in version 3.19.

       Check if given source compiles and links into an executable.

       check_source_compiles

                 check_source_compiles(<lang> <code> <resultVar>
                                       [FAIL_REGEX <regex1> [<regex2>...]]
                                       [SRC_EXT <extension>])

              Check that the source supplied in <code> can be compiled  as  a  source  file  for  the  requested
              language  and  linked as an executable (so it must contain at least a main() function). The result
              will be stored in the internal cache variable specified by <resultVar>, with a boolean true  value
              for  success  and boolean false for failure. If FAIL_REGEX is provided, then failure is determined
              by checking if anything in the output matches any of the specified regular expressions.

              By default, the test source file will be  given  a  file  extension  that  matches  the  requested
              language. The SRC_EXT option can be used to override this with .<extension> instead.

              The  underlying check is performed by the try_compile() command. The compile and link commands can
              be influenced by setting any of the following variables prior to calling check_source_compiles():

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
                     Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_<LANG>_FLAGS  and
                     its  associated  configuration-specific  variable  are  automatically added to the compiler
                     command before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
                     A ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the  name
                     specified by <resultVar> will also be added automatically.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
                     A  ;-list  of  header  search  paths to pass to the compiler. These will be the only header
                     search paths used by try_compile(), i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES  directory
                     property will be ignored.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
                     A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_compile() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
                     A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
                     or they can be Imported Targets (see try_compile() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
                     If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
                     check will be suppressed.

              The  check  is  only  performed once, with the result cached in the variable named by <resultVar>.
              Every subsequent CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the  check  again,
              even if the <code> changes.  In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by
              <resultVar> must be manually removed from the cache.

   CheckSourceRuns
       New in version 3.19.

       Check if given source compiles and links into an executable and can subsequently be run.

       check_source_runs

                 check_source_runs(<lang> <code> <resultVar>
                                   [SRC_EXT <extension>])

              Check  that  the  source  supplied  in  <code>  can be compiled as a source file for the requested
              language, linked as an executable and then run.   The  <code>  must  contain  at  least  a  main()
              function. If the <code> could be built and run successfully, the internal cache variable specified
              by  <resultVar>  will  be set to 1, otherwise it will be set to an value that evaluates to boolean
              false (e.g. an empty string or an error message).

              By default, the test source file will be  given  a  file  extension  that  matches  the  requested
              language. The SRC_EXT option can be used to override this with .<extension> instead.

              The  underlying  check is performed by the try_run() command. The compile and link commands can be
              influenced by setting any of the following variables prior to calling check_objc_source_runs():

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
                     Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents  of  CMAKE_OBJC_FLAGS  and
                     its  associated  configuration-specific  variable  are  automatically added to the compiler
                     command before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
                     A ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the  name
                     specified by <resultVar> will also be added automatically.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
                     A  ;-list  of  header  search  paths to pass to the compiler. These will be the only header
                     search paths used by try_run(), i.e. the  contents  of  the  INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES  directory
                     property will be ignored.

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
                     A ;-list of options to add to the link command (see try_run() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
                     A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries
                     or they can be Imported Targets (see try_run() for further details).

              CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
                     If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the
                     check will be suppressed.

              The  check  is  only  performed once, with the result cached in the variable named by <resultVar>.
              Every subsequent CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the  check  again,
              even if the <code> changes.  In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by
              <resultVar> must be manually removed from the cache.

   CheckStructHasMember
       Check if the given struct or class has the specified member variable

       CHECK_STRUCT_HAS_MEMBER

                 CHECK_STRUCT_HAS_MEMBER(<struct> <member> <header> <variable>
                                         [LANGUAGE <language>])

                 <struct> - the name of the struct or class you are interested in
                 <member> - the member which existence you want to check
                 <header> - the header(s) where the prototype should be declared
                 <variable> - variable to store the result
                 <language> - the compiler to use (C or CXX)

       The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
              string of compile command line flags.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
              list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar).

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
              list of include directories.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
              New in version 3.14: list of options to pass to link command.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
              list of libraries to link.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
              New in version 3.1: execute quietly without messages.

       Example:

          CHECK_STRUCT_HAS_MEMBER("struct timeval" tv_sec sys/select.h
                                  HAVE_TIMEVAL_TV_SEC LANGUAGE C)

   CheckSymbolExists
       Provides a macro to check if a symbol exists as a function, variable, or macro in C.

       check_symbol_exists

                 check_symbol_exists(<symbol> <files> <variable>)

              Check  that the <symbol> is available after including given header <files> and store the result in
              a <variable>.  Specify  the  list  of  files  in  one  argument  as  a  semicolon-separated  list.
              <variable> will be created as an internal cache variable.

       If  the header files define the symbol as a macro it is considered available and assumed to work.  If the
       header files declare the symbol as a function or variable then the symbol  must  also  be  available  for
       linking  (so  intrinsics may not be detected).  If the symbol is a type, enum value, or intrinsic it will
       not be recognized (consider using CheckTypeSize or CheckSourceCompiles).  If the check needs to  be  done
       in C++, consider using CheckCXXSymbolExists instead.

       The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
              string of compile command line flags.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
              a ;-list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar).

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
              a ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
              New in version 3.14: a ;-list of options to add to the link command.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
              a ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. See policy CMP0075.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
              New in version 3.1: execute quietly without messages.

       For example:

          include(CheckSymbolExists)

          # Check for macro SEEK_SET
          check_symbol_exists(SEEK_SET "stdio.h" HAVE_SEEK_SET)
          # Check for function fopen
          check_symbol_exists(fopen "stdio.h" HAVE_FOPEN)

   CheckTypeSize
       Check sizeof a type

       CHECK_TYPE_SIZE

                 CHECK_TYPE_SIZE(TYPE VARIABLE [BUILTIN_TYPES_ONLY]
                                               [LANGUAGE <language>])

              Check  if the type exists and determine its size.  On return, HAVE_${VARIABLE} holds the existence
              of the type, and ${VARIABLE} holds one of the following:

                 <size> = type has non-zero size <size>
                 "0"    = type has arch-dependent size (see below)
                 ""     = type does not exist

              Both HAVE_${VARIABLE} and ${VARIABLE} will be created as internal cache variables.

              Furthermore, the  variable  ${VARIABLE}_CODE  holds  C  preprocessor  code  to  define  the  macro
              ${VARIABLE} to the size of the type, or leave the macro undefined if the type does not exist.

              The  variable  ${VARIABLE}  may  be  0 when CMAKE_OSX_ARCHITECTURES has multiple architectures for
              building OS X universal binaries.  This indicates that the type size varies across  architectures.
              In  this  case ${VARIABLE}_CODE contains C preprocessor tests mapping from each architecture macro
              to the corresponding type size.  The list of architecture macros is  stored  in  ${VARIABLE}_KEYS,
              and the value for each key is stored in ${VARIABLE}-${KEY}.

              If  the  BUILTIN_TYPES_ONLY  option  is  not  given,  the  macro checks for headers <sys/types.h>,
              <stdint.h>,  and  <stddef.h>,  and  saves  results   in   HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H,   HAVE_STDINT_H,   and
              HAVE_STDDEF_H.   The type size check automatically includes the available headers, thus supporting
              checks of types defined in the headers.

              If LANGUAGE is set, the specified compiler will be used to perform the  check.  Acceptable  values
              are C and CXX.

       Despite  the  name  of  the  macro you may use it to check the size of more complex expressions, too.  To
       check e.g.  for the size of a struct member you can do something like this:

          check_type_size("((struct something*)0)->member" SIZEOF_MEMBER)

       The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
              string of compile command line flags.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
              list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar).

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
              list of include directories.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
              New in version 3.14: list of options to pass to link command.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
              list of libraries to link.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
              New in version 3.1: execute quietly without messages.

       CMAKE_EXTRA_INCLUDE_FILES
              list of extra headers to include.

   CheckVariableExists
       Check if the variable exists.

       CHECK_VARIABLE_EXISTS

                 CHECK_VARIABLE_EXISTS(VAR VARIABLE)

                 VAR      - the name of the variable
                 VARIABLE - variable to store the result
                            Will be created as an internal cache variable.

              This macro is only for C variables.

       The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
              string of compile command line flags.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
              list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar).

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS
              New in version 3.14: list of options to pass to link command.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
              list of libraries to link.

       CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
              New in version 3.1: execute quietly without messages.

   CMakeAddFortranSubdirectory
       Add a fortran-only subdirectory, find a fortran compiler, and build.

       The cmake_add_fortran_subdirectory function adds a subdirectory to a project that contains a fortran-only
       subproject.  The module will check the current compiler and see if it can support fortran.  If no fortran
       compiler is found and the compiler is MSVC, then this module will find the MinGW gfortran.  It will  then
       use  an  external  project  to  build with the MinGW tools.  It will also create imported targets for the
       libraries created.  This will only work if the fortran code is built into a dll, so BUILD_SHARED_LIBS  is
       turned  on  in  the  project.   In addition the CMAKE_GNUtoMS option is set to on, so that Microsoft .lib
       files are created.  Usage is as follows:

          cmake_add_fortran_subdirectory(
           <subdir>                # name of subdirectory
           PROJECT <project_name>  # project name in subdir top CMakeLists.txt
           ARCHIVE_DIR <dir>       # dir where project places .lib files
           RUNTIME_DIR <dir>       # dir where project places .dll files
           LIBRARIES <lib>...      # names of library targets to import
           LINK_LIBRARIES          # link interface libraries for LIBRARIES
            [LINK_LIBS <lib> <dep>...]...
           CMAKE_COMMAND_LINE ...  # extra command line flags to pass to cmake
           NO_EXTERNAL_INSTALL     # skip installation of external project
           )

       Relative paths in ARCHIVE_DIR and RUNTIME_DIR  are  interpreted  with  respect  to  the  build  directory
       corresponding to the source directory in which the function is invoked.

       Limitations:

       NO_EXTERNAL_INSTALL   is  required  for  forward  compatibility  with  a  future  version  that  supports
       installation of the external project binaries during make install.

   CMakeBackwardCompatibilityCXX
       define a bunch of backwards compatibility variables

          CMAKE_ANSI_CXXFLAGS - flag for ansi c++
          CMAKE_HAS_ANSI_STRING_STREAM - has <strstream>
          include(TestForANSIStreamHeaders)
          include(CheckIncludeFileCXX)
          include(TestForSTDNamespace)
          include(TestForANSIForScope)

   CMakeDependentOption
       Macro to provide an option dependent on other options.

       This macro presents an option to the user only if a set of other conditions are true.

       cmake_dependent_option

                 cmake_dependent_option(<option> "<help_text>" <value> <depends> <force>)

              Makes <option> available to the user if <depends> is true. When <option> is available,  the  given
              <help_text>  and  initial  <value> are used. If the <depends> condition is not true, <option> will
              not be presented and will always have the value given by <force>. Any value set  by  the  user  is
              preserved for when the option is presented again. In case <depends> is a semicolon-separated list,
              all elements must be true in order to initialize <option> with <value>.

       Example invocation:

          cmake_dependent_option(USE_FOO "Use Foo" ON "USE_BAR;NOT USE_ZOT" OFF)

       If  USE_BAR  is  true  and  USE_ZOT is false, this provides an option called USE_FOO that defaults to ON.
       Otherwise, it sets USE_FOO to OFF and hides the option from the user. If the status of USE_BAR or USE_ZOT
       ever changes, any value for the USE_FOO option is saved so that when the option is re-enabled it  retains
       its old value.

       New in version 3.22: Full Condition Syntax is now supported.  See policy CMP0127.

   CMakeFindDependencyMacro
       find_dependency
              The find_dependency() macro wraps a find_package() call for a package dependency:

                 find_dependency(<dep> [...])

              It   is  designed  to  be  used  in  a  Package  Configuration  File  (<PackageName>Config.cmake).
              find_dependency forwards the correct parameters for QUIET and REQUIRED which were  passed  to  the
              original find_package() call.  Any additional arguments specified are forwarded to find_package().

              If  the dependency could not be found it sets an informative diagnostic message and calls return()
              to end processing of the calling package configuration  file  and  return  to  the  find_package()
              command that loaded it.

              NOTE:
                 The call to return() makes this macro unsuitable to call from Find Modules.

   CMakeFindFrameworks
       helper module to find OSX frameworks

       This module reads hints about search locations from variables:

          CMAKE_FIND_FRAMEWORK_EXTRA_LOCATIONS - Extra directories

   CMakeFindPackageMode
       This file is executed by cmake when invoked with --find-package.  It expects that the following variables
       are set using -D:

       NAME   name of the package

       COMPILER_ID
              the CMake compiler ID for which the result is, i.e. GNU/Intel/Clang/MSVC, etc.

       LANGUAGE
              language for which the result will be used, i.e. C/CXX/Fortran/ASM

       MODE

              EXIST  only check for existence of the given package

              COMPILE
                     print the flags needed for compiling an object file which uses the given package

              LINK   print the flags needed for linking when using the given package

       QUIET  if TRUE, don't print anything

   CMakeGraphVizOptions
       The builtin Graphviz support of CMake.

   Generating Graphviz files
       CMake  can  generate Graphviz files showing the dependencies between the targets in a project, as well as
       external libraries which are linked against.

       When running CMake with the --graphviz=foo.dot option, it produces:

       • a foo.dot file, showing all dependencies in the project

       • a foo.dot.<target> file for each target, showing on which other targets it depends

       • a foo.dot.<target>.dependers file for each target, showing which other targets depend on it

       Those .dot files can be converted to images using the dot command from the Graphviz package:

          dot -Tpng -o foo.png foo.dot

       New in version 3.10: The different dependency types PUBLIC, INTERFACE  and  PRIVATE  are  represented  as
       solid, dashed and dotted edges.

   Variables specific to the Graphviz support
       The  resulting  graphs can be huge.  The look and content of the generated graphs can be controlled using
       the file CMakeGraphVizOptions.cmake.  This file is  first  searched  in  CMAKE_BINARY_DIR,  and  then  in
       CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR.   If  found,  the  variables  set  in  it  are used to adjust options for the generated
       Graphviz files.

       GRAPHVIZ_GRAPH_NAME
              The graph name.

              • Mandatory: NO

              • Default: value of CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME

       GRAPHVIZ_GRAPH_HEADER
              The header written at the top of the Graphviz files.

              • Mandatory: NO

              • Default: "node [ fontsize = "12" ];"

       GRAPHVIZ_NODE_PREFIX
              The prefix for each node in the Graphviz files.

              • Mandatory: NO

              • Default: "node"

       GRAPHVIZ_EXECUTABLES
              Set to FALSE to exclude executables from the generated graphs.

              • Mandatory: NO

              • Default: TRUE

       GRAPHVIZ_STATIC_LIBS
              Set to FALSE to exclude static libraries from the generated graphs.

              • Mandatory: NO

              • Default: TRUE

       GRAPHVIZ_SHARED_LIBS
              Set to FALSE to exclude shared libraries from the generated graphs.

              • Mandatory: NO

              • Default: TRUE

       GRAPHVIZ_MODULE_LIBS
              Set to FALSE to exclude module libraries from the generated graphs.

              • Mandatory: NO

              • Default: TRUE

       GRAPHVIZ_INTERFACE_LIBS
              Set to FALSE to exclude interface libraries from the generated graphs.

              • Mandatory: NO

              • Default: TRUE

       GRAPHVIZ_OBJECT_LIBS
              Set to FALSE to exclude object libraries from the generated graphs.

              • Mandatory: NO

              • Default: TRUE

       GRAPHVIZ_UNKNOWN_LIBS
              Set to FALSE to exclude unknown libraries from the generated graphs.

              • Mandatory: NO

              • Default: TRUE

       GRAPHVIZ_EXTERNAL_LIBS
              Set to FALSE to exclude external libraries from the generated graphs.

              • Mandatory: NO

              • Default: TRUE

       GRAPHVIZ_CUSTOM_TARGETS
              Set to TRUE to include custom targets in the generated graphs.

              • Mandatory: NO

              • Default: FALSE

       GRAPHVIZ_IGNORE_TARGETS
              A list of regular expressions for names of targets to exclude from the generated graphs.

              • Mandatory: NO

              • Default: empty

       GRAPHVIZ_GENERATE_PER_TARGET
              Set to FALSE to not generate per-target graphs foo.dot.<target>.

              • Mandatory: NO

              • Default: TRUE

       GRAPHVIZ_GENERATE_DEPENDERS
              Set to FALSE to not generate depender graphs foo.dot.<target>.dependers.

              • Mandatory: NO

              • Default: TRUE

   CMakePackageConfigHelpers
       Helpers functions for creating config files that can be included by other projects  to  find  and  use  a
       package.

       Adds the configure_package_config_file() and write_basic_package_version_file() commands.

   Generating a Package Configuration File
       configure_package_config_file
              Create a config file for a project:

                 configure_package_config_file(<input> <output>
                   INSTALL_DESTINATION <path>
                   [PATH_VARS <var1> <var2> ... <varN>]
                   [NO_SET_AND_CHECK_MACRO]
                   [NO_CHECK_REQUIRED_COMPONENTS_MACRO]
                   [INSTALL_PREFIX <path>]
                   )

       configure_package_config_file()  should  be  used  instead  of  the  plain  configure_file() command when
       creating the <PackageName>Config.cmake or <PackageName>-config.cmake file for  installing  a  project  or
       library.   It helps making the resulting package relocatable by avoiding hardcoded paths in the installed
       Config.cmake file.

       In a FooConfig.cmake file there may be code like this to make the install destinations know to the  using
       project:

          set(FOO_INCLUDE_DIR   "@CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_INCLUDEDIR@" )
          set(FOO_DATA_DIR   "@CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX@/@RELATIVE_DATA_INSTALL_DIR@" )
          set(FOO_ICONS_DIR   "@CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX@/share/icons" )
          #...logic to determine installedPrefix from the own location...
          set(FOO_CONFIG_DIR  "${installedPrefix}/@CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR@" )

       All  4  options  shown  above  are  not  sufficient,  since  the  first 3 hardcode the absolute directory
       locations, and the 4th case works only if the logic to determine the installedPrefix is correct,  and  if
       CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR  contains a relative path, which in general cannot be guaranteed.  This has the effect
       that the resulting FooConfig.cmake file would work poorly under Windows and OSX, where users are used  to
       choose   the   install   location   of   a   binary   package  at  install  time,  independent  from  how
       CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX was set at build/cmake time.

       Using configure_package_config_file helps.  If used correctly, it  makes  the  resulting  FooConfig.cmake
       file relocatable.  Usage:

       1. write a FooConfig.cmake.in file as you are used to

       2. insert a line containing only the string @PACKAGE_INIT@

       3. instead of set(FOO_DIR "@SOME_INSTALL_DIR@"), use set(FOO_DIR "@PACKAGE_SOME_INSTALL_DIR@") (this must
          be after the @PACKAGE_INIT@ line)

       4. instead of using the normal configure_file(), use configure_package_config_file()

       The <input> and <output> arguments are the input and output file, the same way as in configure_file().

       The  <path>  given  to INSTALL_DESTINATION must be the destination where the FooConfig.cmake file will be
       installed to.  This path can either be absolute, or relative to the INSTALL_PREFIX path.

       The variables <var1> to <varN> given as PATH_VARS are the variables which contain  install  destinations.
       For  each  of them the macro will create a helper variable PACKAGE_<var...>.  These helper variables must
       be used in the FooConfig.cmake.in file for setting  the  installed  location.   They  are  calculated  by
       configure_package_config_file  so that they are always relative to the installed location of the package.
       This works both for relative and also for absolute locations.  For absolute locations it  works  only  if
       the absolute location is a subdirectory of INSTALL_PREFIX.

       New  in version 3.1: If the INSTALL_PREFIX argument is passed, this is used as base path to calculate all
       the relative paths.  The <path> argument must be an absolute path.  If this argument is not  passed,  the
       CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX  variable  will  be  used  instead.   The  default  value  is good when generating a
       FooConfig.cmake file to use your package from the install tree.  When generating a  FooConfig.cmake  file
       to use your package from the build tree this option should be used.

       By   default   configure_package_config_file  also  generates  two  helper  macros,  set_and_check()  and
       check_required_components() into the FooConfig.cmake file.

       set_and_check() should be used instead of the normal set()  command  for  setting  directories  and  file
       locations.   Additionally  to  setting  the variable it also checks that the referenced file or directory
       actually exists and fails with a FATAL_ERROR otherwise.  This makes sure that the created FooConfig.cmake
       file does not contain wrong references.   When  using  the  NO_SET_AND_CHECK_MACRO,  this  macro  is  not
       generated into the FooConfig.cmake file.

       check_required_components(<PackageName>)  should  be  called at the end of the FooConfig.cmake file. This
       macro checks whether all requested, non-optional components have been found, and if this is not the case,
       sets the Foo_FOUND variable to FALSE, so that the package is considered to be not found.  It does that by
       testing the Foo_<Component>_FOUND variables for all requested required components.  This macro should  be
       called  even  if  the  package  doesn't  provide  any  components  to  make sure users are not specifying
       components erroneously.  When using the NO_CHECK_REQUIRED_COMPONENTS_MACRO  option,  this  macro  is  not
       generated into the FooConfig.cmake file.

       For an example see below the documentation for write_basic_package_version_file().

   Generating a Package Version File
       write_basic_package_version_file
              Create a version file for a project:

                 write_basic_package_version_file(<filename>
                   [VERSION <major.minor.patch>]
                   COMPATIBILITY <AnyNewerVersion|SameMajorVersion|SameMinorVersion|ExactVersion>
                   [ARCH_INDEPENDENT] )

       Writes  a  file for use as <PackageName>ConfigVersion.cmake file to <filename>.  See the documentation of
       find_package() for details on this.

       <filename> is the output filename, it should be in the build tree.  <major.minor.patch>  is  the  version
       number of the project to be installed.

       If no VERSION is given, the PROJECT_VERSION variable is used.  If this hasn't been set, it errors out.

       The  COMPATIBILITY  mode  AnyNewerVersion  means  that  the  installed package version will be considered
       compatible if it is newer or exactly the same as the requested version.  This mode  should  be  used  for
       packages  which  are  fully backward compatible, also across major versions.  If SameMajorVersion is used
       instead, then the behavior differs from AnyNewerVersion in that the major version number must be the same
       as requested, e.g.  version 2.0 will not be considered compatible if 1.0 is requested.  This mode  should
       be  used  for  packages  which  guarantee  backward  compatibility  within  the  same  major version.  If
       SameMinorVersion is used, the behavior is the same as SameMajorVersion, but both major and minor  version
       must  be  the  same  as  requested,  e.g  version  0.2  will  not  be compatible if 0.1 is requested.  If
       ExactVersion is used, then the package is only considered compatible if  the  requested  version  matches
       exactly  its  own  version  number  (not considering the tweak version).  For example, version 1.2.3 of a
       package is only considered compatible to requested version 1.2.3.  This  mode  is  for  packages  without
       compatibility  guarantees.   If your project has more elaborated version matching rules, you will need to
       write your own custom ConfigVersion.cmake file instead of using this macro.

       New in version 3.11: The SameMinorVersion compatibility mode.

       New in version 3.14: If ARCH_INDEPENDENT is given, the  installed  package  version  will  be  considered
       compatible even if it was built for a different architecture than the requested architecture.  Otherwise,
       an  architecture  check  will  be  performed,  and  the package will be considered compatible only if the
       architecture matches exactly.  For example, if the package  is  built  for  a  32-bit  architecture,  the
       package  is only considered compatible if it is used on a 32-bit architecture, unless ARCH_INDEPENDENT is
       given, in which case the package is considered compatible on any architecture.

       NOTE:
          ARCH_INDEPENDENT is intended for header-only libraries or similar packages with no binaries.

       New in version 3.19: COMPATIBILITY_MODE AnyNewerVersion, SameMajorVersion and SameMinorVersion handle the
       version range if any is specified (see find_package() command for the  details).   ExactVersion  mode  is
       incompatible with version ranges and will display an author warning if one is specified.

       Internally,  this macro executes configure_file() to create the resulting version file.  Depending on the
       COMPATIBILITY, the corresponding BasicConfigVersion-<COMPATIBILITY>.cmake.in file is used.   Please  note
       that  these  files  are  internal to CMake and you should not call configure_file() on them yourself, but
       they can be used as starting point to create more sophisticted custom ConfigVersion.cmake files.

   Example Generating Package Files
       Example using both configure_package_config_file() and write_basic_package_version_file():

       CMakeLists.txt:

          set(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR include/ ... CACHE )
          set(LIB_INSTALL_DIR lib/ ... CACHE )
          set(SYSCONFIG_INSTALL_DIR etc/foo/ ... CACHE )
          #...
          include(CMakePackageConfigHelpers)
          configure_package_config_file(FooConfig.cmake.in
            ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/FooConfig.cmake
            INSTALL_DESTINATION ${LIB_INSTALL_DIR}/Foo/cmake
            PATH_VARS INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR SYSCONFIG_INSTALL_DIR)
          write_basic_package_version_file(
            ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/FooConfigVersion.cmake
            VERSION 1.2.3
            COMPATIBILITY SameMajorVersion )
          install(FILES ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/FooConfig.cmake
                        ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/FooConfigVersion.cmake
                  DESTINATION ${LIB_INSTALL_DIR}/Foo/cmake )

       FooConfig.cmake.in:

          set(FOO_VERSION x.y.z)
          ...
          @PACKAGE_INIT@
          ...
          set_and_check(FOO_INCLUDE_DIR "@PACKAGE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR@")
          set_and_check(FOO_SYSCONFIG_DIR "@PACKAGE_SYSCONFIG_INSTALL_DIR@")

          check_required_components(Foo)

   CMakePrintHelpers
       Convenience functions for printing properties and variables, useful e.g. for debugging.

          cmake_print_properties([TARGETS target1 ..  targetN]
                                [SOURCES source1 .. sourceN]
                                [DIRECTORIES dir1 .. dirN]
                                [TESTS test1 .. testN]
                                [CACHE_ENTRIES entry1 .. entryN]
                                PROPERTIES prop1 .. propN )

       This function prints the values of the properties of the given targets, source files, directories,  tests
       or cache entries.  Exactly one of the scope keywords must be used.  Example:

          cmake_print_properties(TARGETS foo bar PROPERTIES
                                 LOCATION INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES)

       This will print the LOCATION and INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES properties for both targets foo and bar.

          cmake_print_variables(var1 var2 ..  varN)

       This function will print the name of each variable followed by its value.  Example:

          cmake_print_variables(CMAKE_C_COMPILER CMAKE_MAJOR_VERSION DOES_NOT_EXIST)

       Gives:

          -- CMAKE_C_COMPILER="/usr/bin/gcc" ; CMAKE_MAJOR_VERSION="2" ; DOES_NOT_EXIST=""

   CMakePrintSystemInformation
       Print system information.

       This  module  serves  diagnostic  purposes.  Just  include  it in a project to see various internal CMake
       variables.

   CMakePushCheckState
       This   module   defines    three    macros:    CMAKE_PUSH_CHECK_STATE()    CMAKE_POP_CHECK_STATE()    and
       CMAKE_RESET_CHECK_STATE()  These macros can be used to save, restore and reset (i.e., clear contents) the
       state of the  variables  CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS,  CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS,  CMAKE_REQUIRED_LINK_OPTIONS,
       CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES,  CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES  and  CMAKE_EXTRA_INCLUDE_FILES  used  by  the various
       Check-files coming with CMake, like e.g. check_function_exists() etc.  The variable contents  are  pushed
       on  a  stack,  pushing  multiple times is supported.  This is useful e.g.  when executing such tests in a
       Find-module, where they have to be set, but after the Find-module has been executed they should have  the
       same value as they had before.

       CMAKE_PUSH_CHECK_STATE()   macro   receives   optional   argument   RESET.    Whether   it's   specified,
       CMAKE_PUSH_CHECK_STATE()  will  set  all  CMAKE_REQUIRED_*   variables   to   empty   values,   same   as
       CMAKE_RESET_CHECK_STATE() call will do.

       Usage:

          cmake_push_check_state(RESET)
          set(CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS -DSOME_MORE_DEF)
          check_function_exists(...)
          cmake_reset_check_state()
          set(CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS -DANOTHER_DEF)
          check_function_exists(...)
          cmake_pop_check_state()

   CMakeVerifyManifest
       CMakeVerifyManifest.cmake

       This script is used to verify that embedded manifests and side by side manifests for a project match.  To
       run this script, cd to a directory and run the script with cmake -P.  On the command line you can pass in
       versions   that   are   OK   even   if   not   found   in   the  .manifest  files.   For  example,  cmake
       -Dallow_versions=8.0.50608.0 -PCmakeVerifyManifest.cmake could be used to allow an embedded  manifest  of
       8.0.50608.0 to be used in a project even if that version was not found in the .manifest file.

   CPack
       Configure generators for binary installers and source packages.

   Introduction
       The  CPack  module  generates the configuration files CPackConfig.cmake and CPackSourceConfig.cmake. They
       are intended for use in a subsequent run of  the  cpack  program  where  they  steer  the  generation  of
       installers or/and source packages.

       Depending  on  the  CMake  generator,  the  CPack  module may also add two new build targets, package and
       package_source. See the packaging targets section below for details.

       The generated binary installers will contain all files that have been  installed  via  CMake's  install()
       command  (and  the  deprecated commands install_files(), install_programs(), and install_targets()). Note
       that the DESTINATION option of the install() command must be a relative path; otherwise  installed  files
       are ignored by CPack.

       Certain  kinds  of  binary installers can be configured such that users can select individual application
       components to install.  See the CPackComponent module for further details.

       Source packages (configured through CPackSourceConfig.cmake and generated by the CPack Archive Generator)
       will   contain   all   source   files   in   the   project   directory   except   those   specified    in
       CPACK_SOURCE_IGNORE_FILES.

   CPack Generators
       The  CPACK_GENERATOR  variable  has  different meanings in different contexts.  In a CMakeLists.txt file,
       CPACK_GENERATOR is a list of generators: and when cpack is run with no other arguments, it  will  iterate
       over   that   list  and  produce  one  package  for  each  generator.   In  a  CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE,
       CPACK_GENERATOR is a string naming a single generator.  If you need per-cpack-generator logic to  control
       other  cpack  settings, then you need a CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE.  If set, the CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE
       is included automatically on a per-generator basis.  It only need contain overrides.

       Here's how it works:

       • cpack runs

       • it includes CPackConfig.cmake

       • it iterates over the generators given by the  -G  command  line  option,  or  if  no  such  option  was
         specified,   over   the   list  of  generators  given  by  the  CPACK_GENERATOR  variable  set  in  the
         CPackConfig.cmake input file.

       • foreach generator, it then

         • sets CPACK_GENERATOR to the one currently being iterated

         • includes the CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE

         • produces the package for that generator

       This is the key: For each generator listed in CPACK_GENERATOR  in  CPackConfig.cmake,  cpack  will  reset
       CPACK_GENERATOR    internally    to    the    one   currently   being   used   and   then   include   the
       CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE.

       For a list of available generators, see cpack-generators(7).

   Targets package and package_source
       If CMake is run with the Makefile, Ninja, or Xcode generator,  then  include(CPack)  generates  a  target
       package. This makes it possible to build a binary installer from CMake, Make, or Ninja: Instead of cpack,
       one  may call cmake --build . --target package or make package or ninja package. The VS generator creates
       an uppercase target PACKAGE.

       If CMake is run with the Makefile or  Ninja  generator,  then  include(CPack)  also  generates  a  target
       package_source.  To  build a source package, instead of cpack -G TGZ --config CPackSourceConfig.cmake one
       may call cmake --build . --target package_source, make package_source, or ninja package_source.

   Variables common to all CPack Generators
       Before including this CPack module in your CMakeLists.txt file, there are a variety of variables that can
       be set to customize the resulting installers.  The most commonly-used variables are:

       CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME
              The name of the package (or application).  If not specified, it defaults to the project name.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_VENDOR
              The name of the package vendor. (e.g., "Kitware").  The default is "Humanity".

       CPACK_PACKAGE_DIRECTORY
              The directory in which CPack is doing its packaging.  If it is not  set  then  this  will  default
              (internally)  to  the  build dir.  This variable may be defined in a CPack config file or from the
              cpack command line option -B.  If set, the command line option overrides the value  found  in  the
              config file.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR
              Package major version.  This variable will always be set, but its default value depends on whether
              or  not  version details were given to the project() command in the top level CMakeLists.txt file.
              If version details were given, the default  value  will  be  CMAKE_PROJECT_VERSION_MAJOR.   If  no
              version   details   were   given,  a  default  version  of  0.1.1  will  be  assumed,  leading  to
              CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR having a default value of 0.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR
              Package minor version.  The default value is determined based on whether or  not  version  details
              were given to the project() command in the top level CMakeLists.txt file.  If version details were
              given,  the  default  value will be CMAKE_PROJECT_VERSION_MINOR, but if no minor version component
              was specified then CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR will be left unset.   If  no  project  version  was
              given  at  all, a default version of 0.1.1 will be assumed, leading to CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR
              having a default value of 1.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH
              Package patch version.  The default value is determined based on whether or  not  version  details
              were given to the project() command in the top level CMakeLists.txt file.  If version details were
              given,  the  default  value will be CMAKE_PROJECT_VERSION_PATCH, but if no patch version component
              was specified then CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH will be left unset.   If  no  project  version  was
              given  at  all, a default version of 0.1.1 will be assumed, leading to CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH
              having a default value of 1.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION
              A description of the project, used in places such as the introduction  screen  of  CPack-generated
              Windows  installers.   If  not set, the value of this variable is populated from the file named by
              CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_FILE.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_FILE
              A text file used to describe the project when CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION  is  not  explicitly  set.
              The   default  value  for  CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_FILE  points  to  a  built-in  template  file
              Templates/CPack.GenericDescription.txt.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_SUMMARY
              Short description of the project (only a few words).  If the CMAKE_PROJECT_DESCRIPTION variable is
              set, it is used as the default value, otherwise the default will be a string  generated  by  CMake
              based on CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_HOMEPAGE_URL
              Project  homepage  URL.   The default value is taken from the CMAKE_PROJECT_HOMEPAGE_URL variable,
              which is set by the top level project() command, or else the default will be empty if no  URL  was
              provided to project().

       CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME
              The   name  of  the  package  file  to  generate,  not  including  the  extension.   For  example,
              cmake-2.6.1-Linux-i686.  The default value is:

                 ${CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME}-${CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION}-${CPACK_SYSTEM_NAME}

       CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_DIRECTORY
              Installation directory on the target system. This may be used by some CPack generators  like  NSIS
              to  create  an  installation  directory  e.g.,  "CMake  2.5"  below  the installation prefix.  All
              installed elements will be put inside this directory.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_ICON
              A branding image that will be displayed inside the installer (used by GUI installers).

       CPACK_PACKAGE_CHECKSUM
              New in version 3.7.

              An algorithm that will be used to generate an additional file with the checksum  of  the  package.
              The output file name will be:

                 ${CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME}.${CPACK_PACKAGE_CHECKSUM}

              Supported algorithms are those listed by the string(<HASH>) command.

       CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE
              CPack-time  project  CPack  configuration  file.   This  file  is included at cpack time, once per
              generator after CPack has set CPACK_GENERATOR to the  actual  generator  being  used.   It  allows
              per-generator setting of CPACK_* variables at cpack time.

       CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_LICENSE
              License  to  be  embedded  in  the  installer.   It will typically be displayed to the user by the
              produced installer (often with an explicit "Accept" button, for  graphical  installers)  prior  to
              installation.   This  license  file  is NOT added to the installed files but is used by some CPack
              generators like NSIS.  If you want to install a license file (may be the same as this  one)  along
              with your project, you must add an appropriate CMake install() command in your CMakeLists.txt.

       CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_README
              ReadMe file to be embedded in the installer.  It typically describes in some detail the purpose of
              the project during the installation.  Not all CPack generators use this file.

       CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_WELCOME
              Welcome  file  to  be  embedded in the installer.  It welcomes users to this installer.  Typically
              used in the graphical installers on Windows and Mac OS X.

       CPACK_MONOLITHIC_INSTALL
              Disables the component-based installation mechanism.  When set,  the  component  specification  is
              ignored  and  all installed items are put in a single "MONOLITHIC" package.  Some CPack generators
              do monolithic packaging by default  and  may  be  asked  to  do  component  packaging  by  setting
              CPACK_<GENNAME>_COMPONENT_INSTALL to TRUE.

       CPACK_GENERATOR
              List  of  CPack generators to use.  If not specified, CPack will create a set of options following
              the  naming  pattern  CPACK_BINARY_<GENNAME>  (e.g.  CPACK_BINARY_NSIS)  allowing  the   user   to
              enable/disable  individual  generators.   If  the -G option is given on the cpack command line, it
              will override this variable and any CPACK_BINARY_<GENNAME> options.

       CPACK_OUTPUT_CONFIG_FILE
              The name of the CPack binary configuration file.  This file is the CPack  configuration  generated
              by the CPack module for binary installers.  Defaults to CPackConfig.cmake.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_EXECUTABLES
              Lists each of the executables and associated text label to be used to create Start Menu shortcuts.
              For  example, setting this to the list ccmake;CMake will create a shortcut named "CMake" that will
              execute the installed executable ccmake.  Not all CPack generators use it (at least NSIS, WIX  and
              OSXX11 do).

       CPACK_STRIP_FILES
              List  of  files  to  be  stripped.  Starting with CMake 2.6.0, CPACK_STRIP_FILES will be a boolean
              variable which enables stripping of all files (a list of files evaluates to TRUE in CMake, so this
              change is compatible).

       CPACK_VERBATIM_VARIABLES
              New in version 3.4.

              If set to TRUE, values of variables prefixed with CPACK_ will be escaped before being  written  to
              the  configuration  files, so that the cpack program receives them exactly as they were specified.
              If not, characters like quotes and backslashes  can  cause  parsing  errors  or  alter  the  value
              received by the cpack program.  Defaults to FALSE for backwards compatibility.

       CPACK_THREADS
              New in version 3.20.

              Number  of  threads  to  use  when  performing  parallelized  operations,  such as compressing the
              installer package.

              Some compression methods used by CPack generators such as Debian or Archive may take advantage  of
              multiple  CPU cores to speed up compression.  CPACK_THREADS can be set to specify how many threads
              will be used for compression.

              A positive integer can be used to specify an exact desired thread count.

              When given a negative integer CPack will use the absolute value as the upper limit but may  choose
              a lower value based on the available hardware concurrency.

              Given 0 CPack will try to use all available CPU cores.

              By default CPACK_THREADS is set to 1.

              Currently  only  xz  compression  may take advantage of multiple cores.  Other compression methods
              ignore this value and use only one thread.

              New in version 3.21: Official CMake binaries available on cmake.org now ship with a  liblzma  that
              supports parallel compression.  Older versions did not.

   Variables for Source Package Generators
       The following CPack variables are specific to source packages, and will not affect binary packages:

       CPACK_SOURCE_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME
              The name of the source package.  For example cmake-2.6.1.

       CPACK_SOURCE_STRIP_FILES
              List   of  files  in  the  source  tree  that  will  be  stripped.   Starting  with  CMake  2.6.0,
              CPACK_SOURCE_STRIP_FILES will be a boolean variable which enables stripping of all files  (a  list
              of files evaluates to TRUE in CMake, so this change is compatible).

       CPACK_SOURCE_GENERATOR
              List  of  generators  used  for  the  source  packages.   As  with CPACK_GENERATOR, if this is not
              specified then CPack will create a set of options (e.g. CPACK_SOURCE_ZIP) allowing users to select
              which packages will be generated.

       CPACK_SOURCE_OUTPUT_CONFIG_FILE
              The name of the CPack source configuration file.  This file is the CPack  configuration  generated
              by the CPack module for source installers.  Defaults to CPackSourceConfig.cmake.

       CPACK_SOURCE_IGNORE_FILES
              Pattern  of  files in the source tree that won't be packaged when building a source package.  This
              is  a  list  of  regular  expression   patterns   (that   must   be   properly   escaped),   e.g.,
              /CVS/;/\\.svn/;\\.swp$;\\.#;/#;.*~;cscope.*

   Variables for Advanced Use
       The following variables are for advanced uses of CPack:

       CPACK_CMAKE_GENERATOR
              What  CMake  generator should be used if the project is a CMake project.  Defaults to the value of
              CMAKE_GENERATOR.  Few users will want to change this setting.

       CPACK_INSTALL_CMAKE_PROJECTS
              List of four values that specify what project to install.  The four values are:  Build  directory,
              Project  Name,  Project  Component,  Directory.   If  omitted,  CPack will build an installer that
              installs everything.

       CPACK_SYSTEM_NAME
              System name, defaults to the value of CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME, except on Windows where it will be  win32
              or win64.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION
              Package    full    version,    used    internally.     By    default,    this    is   built   from
              CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR, CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR, and CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH.

       CPACK_TOPLEVEL_TAG
              Directory for the installed files.

       CPACK_INSTALL_COMMANDS
              Extra commands to install components.  The environment variable CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX is set to the
              temporary install directory during execution.

       CPACK_INSTALL_SCRIPTS
              New in version 3.16.

              Extra CMake scripts executed by CPack during its local staging installation.   They  are  executed
              before  installing  the  files to be packaged.  The scripts are not called by a standalone install
              (e.g.:  make   install).    For   every   script,   the   following   variables   will   be   set:
              CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR,  CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR  and CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX (which is set to the
              staging install directory).  The singular form CMAKE_INSTALL_SCRIPT is supported as an alternative
              variable for historical reasons, but its value is ignored if CMAKE_INSTALL_SCRIPTS is  set  and  a
              warning will be issued.

              See also CPACK_PRE_BUILD_SCRIPTS and CPACK_POST_BUILD_SCRIPTS which can be used to specify scripts
              to be executed later in the packaging process.

       CPACK_PRE_BUILD_SCRIPTS
              New in version 3.19.

              List of CMake scripts to execute after CPack has installed the files to be packaged into a staging
              directory and before producing the package(s) from those files. See also CPACK_INSTALL_SCRIPTS and
              CPACK_POST_BUILD_SCRIPTS.

       CPACK_POST_BUILD_SCRIPTS
              New in version 3.19.

              List  of  CMake  scripts  to  execute  after  CPack has produced the resultant packages and before
              copying them back to the build directory.  See also CPACK_INSTALL_SCRIPTS, CPACK_PRE_BUILD_SCRIPTS
              and CPACK_PACKAGE_FILES.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_FILES
              New in version 3.19.

              List of package files created in the staging directory, with each file provided as a full absolute
              path.  This variable is populated by CPack just before invoking the post-build scripts  listed  in
              CPACK_POST_BUILD_SCRIPTS.   It  is the preferred way for the post-build scripts to know the set of
              package files to operate on.  Projects should not try to set this variable themselves.

       CPACK_INSTALLED_DIRECTORIES
              Extra directories to install.

       CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_REGISTRY_KEY
              Registry key used when installing this project.  This is only used by installers for Windows.  The
              default value is based on the installation directory.

       CPACK_CREATE_DESKTOP_LINKS
              List of desktop links to create.  Each desktop link requires a corresponding start  menu  shortcut
              as created by CPACK_PACKAGE_EXECUTABLES.

       CPACK_BINARY_<GENNAME>
              CPack   generated   options  for  binary  generators.   The  CPack.cmake  module  generates  (when
              CPACK_GENERATOR is not set) a set of CMake options (see CMake option() command) which may then  be
              used  to select the CPack generator(s) to be used when building the package target or when running
              cpack without the -G option.

   CPackComponent
       Configure components for binary installers and source packages.

   Introduction
       This module is automatically included by CPack.

       Certain binary installers (especially the graphical installers) generated by CPack allow users to  select
       individual  application  components to install.  This module allows developers to configure the packaging
       of such components.

       Contents is assigned to components by the COMPONENT argument of CMake's  install()  command.   Components
       can  be  annotated  with  user-friendly  names  and descriptions, inter-component dependencies, etc., and
       grouped in various ways to customize the resulting installer, using the commands described below.

       To specify different groupings for different CPack generators use a CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE.

   Variables
       The following variables influence the component-specific packaging:

       CPACK_COMPONENTS_ALL
              The list of component to install.

              The default value of this variable is computed by CPack and contains all components defined by the
              project.  The user may set it to only include the specified components.

              Instead of specifying all the desired components, it is possible to obtain a list of  all  defined
              components  and  then remove the unwanted ones from the list. The get_cmake_property() command can
              be used to obtain the COMPONENTS property, then the  list(REMOVE_ITEM)  command  can  be  used  to
              remove the unwanted ones. For example, to use all defined components except foo and bar:

                 get_cmake_property(CPACK_COMPONENTS_ALL COMPONENTS)
                 list(REMOVE_ITEM CPACK_COMPONENTS_ALL "foo" "bar")

       CPACK_<GENNAME>_COMPONENT_INSTALL
              Enable/Disable component install for CPack generator <GENNAME>.

              Each  CPack  Generator (RPM, DEB, ARCHIVE, NSIS, DMG, etc...) has a legacy default behavior.  e.g.
              RPM builds monolithic whereas NSIS builds component.  One  can  change  the  default  behavior  by
              setting this variable to 0/1 or OFF/ON.

       CPACK_COMPONENTS_GROUPING
              Specify how components are grouped for multi-package component-aware CPack generators.

              Some generators like RPM or ARCHIVE (TGZ, ZIP, ...) may generate several packages files when there
              are components, depending on the value of this variable:

              • ONE_PER_GROUP (default): create one package per component group

              • IGNORE : create one package per component (ignore the groups)

              • ALL_COMPONENTS_IN_ONE : create a single package with all requested components

       CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DISPLAY_NAME
              The name to be displayed for a component.

       CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DESCRIPTION
              The description of a component.

       CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_GROUP
              The group of a component.

       CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DEPENDS
              The dependencies (list of components) on which this component depends.

       CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_HIDDEN
              True if this component is hidden from the user.

       CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_REQUIRED
              True if this component is required.

       CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DISABLED
              True if this component is not selected to be installed by default.

   Commands
   Add component
       cpack_add_component

       Describe an installation component.

          cpack_add_component(compname
                              [DISPLAY_NAME name]
                              [DESCRIPTION description]
                              [HIDDEN | REQUIRED | DISABLED ]
                              [GROUP group]
                              [DEPENDS comp1 comp2 ... ]
                              [INSTALL_TYPES type1 type2 ... ]
                              [DOWNLOADED]
                              [ARCHIVE_FILE filename]
                              [PLIST filename])

       compname  is  the  name of an installation component, as defined by the COMPONENT argument of one or more
       CMake install() commands.  With the cpack_add_component command one can set a name,  a  description,  and
       other attributes of an installation component.  One can also assign a component to a component group.

       DISPLAY_NAME  is  the  displayed  name  of  the  component,  used  in graphical installers to display the
       component name.  This value can be any string.

       DESCRIPTION is an extended description of the component, used in graphical installers to  give  the  user
       additional  information  about  the component.  Descriptions can span multiple lines using \n as the line
       separator.  Typically, these descriptions should be no more than a few lines long.

       HIDDEN indicates that this component will be hidden in the graphical installer, so that the  user  cannot
       directly change whether it is installed or not.

       REQUIRED  indicates  that this component is required, and therefore will always be installed.  It will be
       visible in the graphical installer, but it cannot be unselected.   (Typically,  required  components  are
       shown greyed out).

       DISABLED  indicates  that this component should be disabled (unselected) by default.  The user is free to
       select this component for installation, unless it is also HIDDEN.

       DEPENDS lists the components on which this component depends.  If this component is selected,  then  each
       of  the  components  listed  must  also  be  selected.   The dependency information is encoded within the
       installer itself, so that users cannot install inconsistent sets of components.

       GROUP names the component group of which this component is a part.  If not provided, the  component  will
       be  a  standalone  component,  not  part of any component group.  Component groups are described with the
       cpack_add_component_group command, detailed below.

       INSTALL_TYPES lists the installation types of which  this  component  is  a  part.   When  one  of  these
       installations  types  is selected, this component will automatically be selected.  Installation types are
       described with the cpack_add_install_type command, detailed below.

       DOWNLOADED indicates that this component should be downloaded on-the-fly by the  installer,  rather  than
       packaged in with the installer itself.  For more information, see the cpack_configure_downloads command.

       ARCHIVE_FILE  provides a name for the archive file created by CPack to be used for downloaded components.
       If not supplied, CPack will create a file with some name based on CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME and the name of
       the component.  See cpack_configure_downloads for more information.

       PLIST gives a filename that is passed to pkgbuild with the  --component-plist  argument  when  using  the
       productbuild generator.

   Add component group
       cpack_add_component_group

       Describes a group of related CPack installation components.

          cpack_add_component_group(groupname
                                   [DISPLAY_NAME name]
                                   [DESCRIPTION description]
                                   [PARENT_GROUP parent]
                                   [EXPANDED]
                                   [BOLD_TITLE])

       The cpack_add_component_group describes a group of installation components, which will be placed together
       within  the listing of options.  Typically, component groups allow the user to select/deselect all of the
       components within a single group via a single group-level option.  Use component  groups  to  reduce  the
       complexity of installers with many options.  groupname is an arbitrary name used to identify the group in
       the  GROUP  argument  of  the cpack_add_component command, which is used to place a component in a group.
       The name of the group must not conflict with the name of any component.

       DISPLAY_NAME is the displayed name of the component group, used in graphical installers  to  display  the
       component group name.  This value can be any string.

       DESCRIPTION  is  an extended description of the component group, used in graphical installers to give the
       user additional information about the components within that group.  Descriptions can span multiple lines
       using \n as the line separator.  Typically, these descriptions should be no more than a few lines long.

       PARENT_GROUP, if supplied, names the parent group of this group.  Parent groups are used to  establish  a
       hierarchy of groups, providing an arbitrary hierarchy of groups.

       EXPANDED indicates that, by default, the group should show up as "expanded", so that the user immediately
       sees  all  of  the  components within the group.  Otherwise, the group will initially show up as a single
       entry.

       BOLD_TITLE indicates that the group title should appear in bold, to call  the  user's  attention  to  the
       group.

   Add installation type
       cpack_add_install_type

       Add  a  new  installation  type  containing  a  set  of  predefined component selections to the graphical
       installer.

          cpack_add_install_type(typename
                                 [DISPLAY_NAME name])

       The cpack_add_install_type command identifies a set of preselected components that  represents  a  common
       use  case for an application.  For example, a "Developer" install type might include an application along
       with its header and library files, while an "End user" install type might just include the  application's
       executable.   Each  component  identifies  itself  with  one  or more install types via the INSTALL_TYPES
       argument to cpack_add_component.

       DISPLAY_NAME is the displayed name of the install type, which will typically show up in a  drop-down  box
       within a graphical installer.  This value can be any string.

   Configure downloads
       cpack_configure_downloads

       Configure CPack to download selected components on-the-fly as part of the installation process.

          cpack_configure_downloads(site
                                    [UPLOAD_DIRECTORY dirname]
                                    [ALL]
                                    [ADD_REMOVE|NO_ADD_REMOVE])

       The cpack_configure_downloads command configures installation-time downloads of selected components.  For
       each  downloadable  component,  CPack  will  create an archive containing the contents of that component,
       which should be uploaded to the given site.  When the user selects that component for  installation,  the
       installer  will  download  and extract the component in place.  This feature is useful for creating small
       installers that only download the requested components, saving bandwidth.  Additionally,  the  installers
       are small enough that they will be installed as part of the normal installation process, and the "Change"
       button  in  Windows  Add/Remove  Programs  control  panel  will  allow  one to add or remove parts of the
       application after  the  original  installation.   On  Windows,  the  downloaded-components  functionality
       requires the ZipDLL plug-in for NSIS, available at:

          http://nsis.sourceforge.net/ZipDLL_plug-in

       On  macOS, installers that download components on-the-fly can only be built and installed on system using
       macOS 10.5 or later.

       The site  argument  is  a  URL  where  the  archives  for  downloadable  components  will  reside,  e.g.,
       https://cmake.org/files/2.6.1/installer/ All of the archives produced by CPack should be uploaded to that
       location.

       UPLOAD_DIRECTORY  is  the  local  directory  where CPack will create the various archives for each of the
       components.  The contents of this directory should be uploaded to a location accessible by the URL  given
       in  the  site  argument.   If  omitted, CPack will use the directory CPackUploads inside the CMake binary
       directory to store the generated archives.

       The ALL flag indicates that all components be downloaded.  Otherwise, only  those  components  explicitly
       marked  as  DOWNLOADED  or  that have a specified ARCHIVE_FILE will be downloaded.  Additionally, the ALL
       option implies ADD_REMOVE (unless NO_ADD_REMOVE is specified).

       ADD_REMOVE indicates that CPack should install a copy of the installer that can be called  from  Windows'
       Add/Remove  Programs  dialog  (via  the  "Modify"  button)  to  change  the  set of installed components.
       NO_ADD_REMOVE turns off this behavior.  This option is ignored on Mac OS X.

   CPackIFW
       New in version 3.1.

       This module looks for the location of the command-line utilities supplied with the Qt Installer Framework
       (QtIFW).

       The module also defines several commands to control the behavior of the CPack IFW Generator.

   Commands
       The module defines the following commands:

       cpack_ifw_configure_component
              Sets the arguments specific to the CPack IFW generator.

                 cpack_ifw_configure_component(<compname> [COMMON] [ESSENTIAL] [VIRTUAL]
                                     [FORCED_INSTALLATION] [REQUIRES_ADMIN_RIGHTS]
                                     [NAME <name>]
                                     [DISPLAY_NAME <display_name>] # Note: Internationalization supported
                                     [DESCRIPTION <description>] # Note: Internationalization supported
                                     [UPDATE_TEXT <update_text>]
                                     [VERSION <version>]
                                     [RELEASE_DATE <release_date>]
                                     [SCRIPT <script>]
                                     [PRIORITY|SORTING_PRIORITY <sorting_priority>] # Note: PRIORITY is deprecated
                                     [DEPENDS|DEPENDENCIES <com_id> ...]
                                     [AUTO_DEPEND_ON <comp_id> ...]
                                     [LICENSES <display_name> <file_path> ...]
                                     [DEFAULT <value>]
                                     [USER_INTERFACES <file_path> <file_path> ...]
                                     [TRANSLATIONS <file_path> <file_path> ...]
                                     [REPLACES <comp_id> ...]
                                     [CHECKABLE <value>])

              This command should be called after cpack_add_component() command.

              COMMON if set, then the component will be packaged and installed as part of a group  to  which  it
                     belongs.

              ESSENTIAL
                     New in version 3.6.

                     if set, then the package manager stays disabled until that component is updated.

              VIRTUAL
                     New in version 3.8.

                     if  set,  then  the component will be hidden from the installer.  It is a equivalent of the
                     HIDDEN option from the cpack_add_component() command.

              FORCED_INSTALLATION
                     New in version 3.8.

                     if set, then the component must always be installed.  It is a equivalent  of  the  REQUIRED
                     option from the cpack_add_component() command.

              REQUIRES_ADMIN_RIGHTS
                     New in version 3.8.

                     set it if the component needs to be installed with elevated permissions.

              NAME   is  used  to  create domain-like identification for this component.  By default used origin
                     component name.

              DISPLAY_NAME
                     New in version 3.8.

                     set to rewrite original name configured by cpack_add_component() command.

              DESCRIPTION
                     New in version 3.8.

                     set to rewrite original description configured by cpack_add_component() command.

              UPDATE_TEXT
                     New in version 3.8.

                     will be added to the component description if this is an update to the component.

              VERSION
                     is version of component.  By default used CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION.

              RELEASE_DATE
                     New in version 3.8.

                     keep empty to auto generate.

              SCRIPT is a relative or absolute path to operations script for this component.

              SORTING_PRIORITY
                     New in version 3.8.

                     is priority of the component in the tree.

              PRIORITY
                     Deprecated since version 3.8: Old name for SORTING_PRIORITY.

              DEPENDS, DEPENDENCIES
                     New in version 3.8.

                     list of dependency component or component group identifiers in QtIFW style.

                     New in version 3.21.

                     Component or group names listed as dependencies may contain hyphens.  This  requires  QtIFW
                     3.1 or later.

              AUTO_DEPEND_ON
                     New in version 3.8.

                     list  of identifiers of component or component group in QtIFW style that this component has
                     an automatic dependency on.

              LICENSES
                     pair of <display_name> and <file_path> of license text for this component. You can  specify
                     more then one license.

              DEFAULT
                     New in version 3.8.

                     Possible values are: TRUE, FALSE, and SCRIPT.  Set to FALSE to disable the component in the
                     installer  or to SCRIPT to resolved during runtime (don't forget add the file of the script
                     as a value of the SCRIPT option).

              USER_INTERFACES
                     New in version 3.7.

                     is a list of <file_path> ('.ui' files) representing pages to load.

              TRANSLATIONS
                     New in version 3.8.

                     is a list of <file_path> ('.qm' files) representing translations to load.

              REPLACES
                     New in version 3.10.

                     list of identifiers of component or component group to replace.

              CHECKABLE
                     New in version 3.10.

                     Possible values are: TRUE, FALSE.  Set to FALSE if you want to hide  the  checkbox  for  an
                     item.  This is useful when only a few subcomponents should be selected instead of all.

       cpack_ifw_configure_component_group
              Sets the arguments specific to the CPack IFW generator.

                 cpack_ifw_configure_component_group(<groupname> [VIRTUAL]
                                     [FORCED_INSTALLATION] [REQUIRES_ADMIN_RIGHTS]
                                     [NAME <name>]
                                     [DISPLAY_NAME <display_name>] # Note: Internationalization supported
                                     [DESCRIPTION <description>] # Note: Internationalization supported
                                     [UPDATE_TEXT <update_text>]
                                     [VERSION <version>]
                                     [RELEASE_DATE <release_date>]
                                     [SCRIPT <script>]
                                     [PRIORITY|SORTING_PRIORITY <sorting_priority>] # Note: PRIORITY is deprecated
                                     [DEPENDS|DEPENDENCIES <com_id> ...]
                                     [AUTO_DEPEND_ON <comp_id> ...]
                                     [LICENSES <display_name> <file_path> ...]
                                     [DEFAULT <value>]
                                     [USER_INTERFACES <file_path> <file_path> ...]
                                     [TRANSLATIONS <file_path> <file_path> ...]
                                     [REPLACES <comp_id> ...]
                                     [CHECKABLE <value>])

              This command should be called after cpack_add_component_group() command.

              VIRTUAL
                     New in version 3.8.

                     if set, then the group will be hidden from the installer.  Note that setting this on a root
                     component does not work.

              FORCED_INSTALLATION
                     New in version 3.8.

                     if set, then the group must always be installed.

              REQUIRES_ADMIN_RIGHTS
                     New in version 3.8.

                     set it if the component group needs to be installed with elevated permissions.

              NAME   is  used  to  create  domain-like identification for this component group.  By default used
                     origin component group name.

              DISPLAY_NAME
                     New in version 3.8.

                     set to rewrite original name configured by cpack_add_component_group() command.

              DESCRIPTION
                     New in version 3.8.

                     set to rewrite original description configured by cpack_add_component_group() command.

              UPDATE_TEXT
                     New in version 3.8.

                     will be added to the component group description if this is  an  update  to  the  component
                     group.

              VERSION
                     is version of component group.  By default used CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION.

              RELEASE_DATE
                     New in version 3.8.

                     keep empty to auto generate.

              SCRIPT is a relative or absolute path to operations script for this component group.

              SORTING_PRIORITY
                     is priority of the component group in the tree.

              PRIORITY
                     Deprecated since version 3.8: Old name for SORTING_PRIORITY.

              DEPENDS, DEPENDENCIES
                     New in version 3.8.

                     list of dependency component or component group identifiers in QtIFW style.

                     New in version 3.21.

                     Component  or  group names listed as dependencies may contain hyphens.  This requires QtIFW
                     3.1 or later.

              AUTO_DEPEND_ON
                     New in version 3.8.

                     list of identifiers of component or component group in  QtIFW  style  that  this  component
                     group has an automatic dependency on.

              LICENSES
                     pair  of  <display_name>  and <file_path> of license text for this component group. You can
                     specify more then one license.

              DEFAULT
                     New in version 3.8.

                     Possible values are: TRUE, FALSE, and SCRIPT.  Set to TRUE to preselect the  group  in  the
                     installer  (this  takes  effect only on groups that have no visible child components) or to
                     SCRIPT to resolved during runtime (don't forget add the file of the script as  a  value  of
                     the SCRIPT option).

              USER_INTERFACES
                     New in version 3.7.

                     is a list of <file_path> ('.ui' files) representing pages to load.

              TRANSLATIONS
                     New in version 3.8.

                     is a list of <file_path> ('.qm' files) representing translations to load.

              REPLACES
                     New in version 3.10.

                     list of identifiers of component or component group to replace.

              CHECKABLE
                     New in version 3.10.

                     Possible  values  are:  TRUE,  FALSE.  Set to FALSE if you want to hide the checkbox for an
                     item.  This is useful when only a few subcomponents should be selected instead of all.

       cpack_ifw_add_repository
              Add QtIFW specific remote repository to binary installer.

                 cpack_ifw_add_repository(<reponame> [DISABLED]
                                     URL <url>
                                     [USERNAME <username>]
                                     [PASSWORD <password>]
                                     [DISPLAY_NAME <display_name>])

              This command will also add the <reponame> repository to a variable CPACK_IFW_REPOSITORIES_ALL.

              DISABLED
                     if set, then the repository will be disabled by default.

              URL    is points to a list of available components.

              USERNAME
                     is used as user on a protected repository.

              PASSWORD
                     is password to use on a protected repository.

              DISPLAY_NAME
                     is string to display instead of the URL.

       cpack_ifw_update_repository
              New in version 3.6.

              Update QtIFW specific repository from remote repository.

                 cpack_ifw_update_repository(<reponame>
                                     [[ADD|REMOVE] URL <url>]|
                                      [REPLACE OLD_URL <old_url> NEW_URL <new_url>]]
                                     [USERNAME <username>]
                                     [PASSWORD <password>]
                                     [DISPLAY_NAME <display_name>])

              This command will also add the <reponame> repository to a variable CPACK_IFW_REPOSITORIES_ALL.

              URL    is points to a list of available components.

              OLD_URL
                     is points to a list that will replaced.

              NEW_URL
                     is points to a list that will replace to.

              USERNAME
                     is used as user on a protected repository.

              PASSWORD
                     is password to use on a protected repository.

              DISPLAY_NAME
                     is string to display instead of the URL.

       cpack_ifw_add_package_resources
              New in version 3.7.

              Add additional resources in the installer binary.

                 cpack_ifw_add_package_resources(<file_path> <file_path> ...)

              This command will also add the specified files to a variable CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_RESOURCES.

   CPackIFWConfigureFile
       New in version 3.8.

       The  module  defines  configure_file()  similar  command  to  configure  file   templates   prepared   in
       QtIFW/SDK/Creator style.

   Commands
       The module defines the following commands:

       cpack_ifw_configure_file
              Copy a file to another location and modify its contents.

                 cpack_ifw_configure_file(<input> <output>)

              Copies an <input> file to an <output> file and substitutes variable values referenced as %{VAR} or
              %VAR%  in the input file content.  Each variable reference will be replaced with the current value
              of the variable, or the empty string if the variable is not defined.

   CSharpUtilities
       New in version 3.8.

       Functions to make configuration of CSharp/.NET targets easier.

       A collection of CMake utility functions  useful  for  dealing  with  CSharp  targets  for  Visual  Studio
       generators from version 2010 and later.

       The following functions are provided by this module:

       Main functionscsharp_set_windows_forms_properties()csharp_set_designer_cs_properties()csharp_set_xaml_cs_properties()

       Helper functionscsharp_get_filename_keys()csharp_get_filename_key_base()csharp_get_dependentupon_name()

   Main functions provided by the module
       csharp_set_windows_forms_properties
              Sets source file properties for use of Windows Forms. Use this, if your CSharp target uses Windows
              Forms:

                 csharp_set_windows_forms_properties([<file1> [<file2> [...]]])

              <fileN>
                     List  of all source files which are relevant for setting the VS_CSHARP_<tagname> properties
                     (including .cs, .resx and .Designer.cs extensions).

              In the list of all given files for all files ending with .Designer.cs and .resx is searched.   For
              every  designer  or  resource  file  a  file  with the same base name but only .cs as extension is
              searched.  If this is found, the VS_CSHARP_<tagname> properties are set as follows:

              for the .cs file:

                     • VS_CSHARP_SubType "Form"

              for the .Designer.cs file (if it exists):

                     • VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <cs-filename>

                     • VS_CSHARP_DesignTime "" (delete tag if previously defined)

                     • VS_CSHARP_AutoGen ""(delete tag if previously defined)

              for the .resx file (if it exists):

                     • VS_RESOURCE_GENERATOR "" (delete tag if previously defined)

                     • VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <cs-filename>

                     • VS_CSHARP_SubType "Designer"

       csharp_set_designer_cs_properties
              Sets source file properties of .Designer.cs files depending on sibling  filenames.  Use  this,  if
              your    CSharp    target    does    not    use    Windows    Forms    (for   Windows   Forms   use
              csharp_set_designer_cs_properties() instead):

                 csharp_set_designer_cs_properties([<file1> [<file2> [...]]])

              <fileN>
                     List of all source files which are relevant for setting the VS_CSHARP_<tagname>  properties
                     (including .cs, .resx, .settings and .Designer.cs extensions).

              In  the  list  of  all  given  files for all files ending with .Designer.cs is searched. For every
              designer file all files with the same base name but different extensions are searched. If a  match
              is  found,  the  source file properties of the designer file are set depending on the extension of
              the matched file:

              if match is .resx file:

                     • VS_CSHARP_AutoGen "True"

                     • VS_CSHARP_DesignTime "True"

                     • VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <resx-filename>

              if match is .cs file:

                     • VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <cs-filename>

              if match is .settings file:

                     • VS_CSHARP_AutoGen "True"

                     • VS_CSHARP_DesignTimeSharedInput "True"

                     • VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <settings-filename>

       NOTE:
          Because the source file properties of the .Designer.cs file are set according to the found matches and
          every match sets the VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon property,  there  should  only  be  one  match  for  each
          Designer.cs file.

       csharp_set_xaml_cs_properties
              Sets  source  file properties for use of Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) and XAML. Use this,
              if your CSharp target uses WPF/XAML:

                 csharp_set_xaml_cs_properties([<file1> [<file2> [...]]])

              <fileN>
                     List of all source files which are relevant for setting the VS_CSHARP_<tagname>  properties
                     (including .cs, .xaml, and .xaml.cs extensions).

              In  the  list of all given files for all files ending with .xaml.cs is searched. For every xaml-cs
              file, a file with the same base name but extension .xaml is searched.  If a match  is  found,  the
              source file properties of the .xaml.cs file are set:

                 • VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <xaml-filename>

   Helper functions which are used by the above ones
       csharp_get_filename_keys
              Helper  function  which  computes  a  list of key values to identify source files independently of
              relative/absolute paths given in cmake and eliminates case sensitivity:

                 csharp_get_filename_keys(OUT [<file1> [<file2> [...]]])

              OUT    Name of the variable in which the list of keys is stored

              <fileN>
                     filename(s) as given to to CSharp target using add_library() or add_executable()

              In some way the function applies a canonicalization to the source names.   This  is  necessary  to
              find file matches if the files have been added to the target with different directory prefixes:

                 add_library(lib
                   myfile.cs
                   ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/myfile.Designer.cs)

                 set_source_files_properties(myfile.Designer.cs PROPERTIES
                   VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon myfile.cs)

                 # this will fail, because in cmake
                 #  - ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/myfile.Designer.cs
                 #  - myfile.Designer.cs
                 # are not the same source file. The source file property is not set.

       csharp_get_filename_key_base
              Returns  the  full filepath and name without extension of a key.  KEY is expected to be a key from
              csharp_get_filename_keys. In BASE the value of KEY without the file extension is returned:

                 csharp_get_filename_key_base(BASE KEY)

              BASE   Name of the variable with the computed "base" of KEY.

              KEY    The key of which the base will be computed. Expected to be a upper case full filename.

       csharp_get_dependentupon_name
              Computes a string which can be used as value for the source file property VS_CSHARP_<tagname> with
              target being DependentUpon:

                 csharp_get_dependentupon_name(NAME FILE)

              NAME   Name of the variable with the result value

              FILE   Filename to convert to <DependentUpon> value

              Actually this is only the filename without any path given at the moment.

   CTest
       Configure a project for testing with CTest/CDash

       Include this module in the top CMakeLists.txt file  of  a  project  to  enable  testing  with  CTest  and
       dashboard submissions to CDash:

          project(MyProject)
          ...
          include(CTest)

       The  module  automatically  creates a BUILD_TESTING option that selects whether to enable testing support
       (ON by default).  After including the module, use code like:

          if(BUILD_TESTING)
            # ... CMake code to create tests ...
          endif()

       to creating tests when testing is enabled.

       To enable submissions to a CDash server, create a CTestConfig.cmake file at the top of the  project  with
       content such as:

          set(CTEST_NIGHTLY_START_TIME "01:00:00 UTC")
          set(CTEST_SUBMIT_URL "http://my.cdash.org/submit.php?project=MyProject")

       (the CDash server can provide the file to a project administrator who configures MyProject).  Settings in
       the  config file are shared by both this CTest module and the ctest(1) command-line Dashboard Client mode
       (ctest -S).

       While building a project for submission to CDash, CTest scans the build output for  errors  and  warnings
       and  reports them with surrounding context from the build log.  This generic approach works for all build
       tools, but does not give details about the command invocation that produced a given problem.  One may get
       more detailed reports by setting the CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS variable:

          set(CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS 1)

       in the CTestConfig.cmake file.

   CTestCoverageCollectGCOV
       New in version 3.2.

       This module provides the ctest_coverage_collect_gcov function.

       This function runs gcov on all .gcda files found in the binary tree  and  packages  the  resulting  .gcov
       files into a tar file.  This tarball also contains the following:

       • data.json defines the source and build directories for use by CDash.

       • Labels.json indicates any LABELS that have been set on the source files.

       • The uncovered directory holds any uncovered files found by CTEST_EXTRA_COVERAGE_GLOB.

       After  generating  this tar file, it can be sent to CDash for display with the ctest_submit(CDASH_UPLOAD)
       command.

       ctest_coverage_collect_gcov

                 ctest_coverage_collect_gcov(TARBALL <tarfile>
                   [SOURCE <source_dir>][BUILD <build_dir>]
                   [GCOV_COMMAND <gcov_command>]
                   [GCOV_OPTIONS <options>...]
                   )

              Run gcov and package a tar file for CDash.  The options are:

              TARBALL <tarfile>
                     Specify the location of the .tar file to be created for later upload  to  CDash.   Relative
                     paths will be interpreted with respect to the top-level build directory.

              TARBALL_COMPRESSION <option>
                     New in version 3.18.

                     Specify  a  compression algorithm for the TARBALL data file.  Using this option reduces the
                     size of the data file before it is submitted to CDash.   <option>  must  be  one  of  GZIP,
                     BZIP2,  XZ,  ZSTD,  FROM_EXT,  or  an expression that CMake evaluates as FALSE. The default
                     value is BZIP2.

                     If FROM_EXT is specified, the resulting file will be compressed based on the file extension
                     of the <tarfile> (i.e. .tar.gz will  use  GZIP  compression).  File  extensions  that  will
                     produce compressed output include .tar.gz, .tgz, .tar.bzip2, .tbz, .tar.xz, and .txz.

              SOURCE <source_dir>
                     Specify   the  top-level  source  directory  for  the  build.   Default  is  the  value  of
                     CTEST_SOURCE_DIRECTORY.

              BUILD <build_dir>
                     Specify  the  top-level  build  directory  for  the  build.   Default  is  the   value   of
                     CTEST_BINARY_DIRECTORY.

              GCOV_COMMAND <gcov_command>
                     Specify  the  full  path  to  the  gcov  command  on  the machine.  Default is the value of
                     CTEST_COVERAGE_COMMAND.

              GCOV_OPTIONS <options>...
                     Specify options to be passed to gcov.  The gcov command is  run  as  gcov  <options>...  -o
                     <gcov-dir> <file>.gcda.  If not specified, the default option is just -b -x.

              GLOB   New in version 3.6.

                     Recursively search for .gcda files in build_dir rather than determining search locations by
                     reading TargetDirectories.txt.

              DELETE New in version 3.6.

                     Delete coverage files after they've been packaged into the .tar.

              QUIET  Suppress non-error messages that otherwise would have been printed out by this function.

              New in version 3.3: Added support for the CTEST_CUSTOM_COVERAGE_EXCLUDE variable.

   CTestScriptMode
       This file is read by ctest in script mode (-S)

   CTestUseLaunchers
       Set the RULE_LAUNCH_* global properties when CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS is on.

       CTestUseLaunchers  is  automatically included when you include(CTest).  However, it is split out into its
       own module file so projects can use the CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS functionality independently.

       To use launchers, set CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS to ON in a ctest -S dashboard script, and then also set  it  in
       the cache of the configured project.  Both cmake and ctest need to know the value of it for the launchers
       to  work  properly.   CMake needs to know in order to generate proper build rules, and ctest, in order to
       produce the proper error and warning analysis.

       For convenience, you may set the ENV variable CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS_DEFAULT in your ctest -S  script,  too.
       Then, as long as your CMakeLists uses include(CTest) or include(CTestUseLaunchers), it will use the value
       of   the  ENV  variable  to  initialize  a  CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS  cache  variable.   This  cache  variable
       initialization only occurs if CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS is not already defined.

       New in version 3.8: If CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS is on in a ctest -S script the  ctest_configure  command  will
       add -DCTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS:BOOL=TRUE to the cmake command used to configure the project.

   Dart
       Configure a project for testing with CTest or old Dart Tcl Client

       This  file  is the backwards-compatibility version of the CTest module.  It supports using the old Dart 1
       Tcl client for driving dashboard submissions as well as  testing  with  CTest.   This  module  should  be
       included in the CMakeLists.txt file at the top of a project.  Typical usage:

          include(Dart)
          if(BUILD_TESTING)
            # ... testing related CMake code ...
          endif()

       The  BUILD_TESTING  option  is  created by the Dart module to determine whether testing support should be
       enabled.  The default is ON.

   DeployQt4
       Functions to help assemble a standalone Qt4 executable.

       A collection of CMake utility functions useful for deploying Qt4 executables.

       The following functions are provided by this module:

          write_qt4_conf
          resolve_qt4_paths
          fixup_qt4_executable
          install_qt4_plugin_path
          install_qt4_plugin
          install_qt4_executable

       Requires  CMake  2.6  or  greater  because  it  uses  function  and  PARENT_SCOPE.    Also   depends   on
       BundleUtilities.cmake.

          write_qt4_conf(<qt_conf_dir> <qt_conf_contents>)

       Writes a qt.conf file with the <qt_conf_contents> into <qt_conf_dir>.

          resolve_qt4_paths(<paths_var> [<executable_path>])

       Loop  through  <paths_var> list and if any don't exist resolve them relative to the <executable_path> (if
       supplied) or the CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX.

          fixup_qt4_executable(<executable>
            [<qtplugins> <libs> <dirs> <plugins_dir> <request_qt_conf>])

       Copies Qt plugins, writes a Qt configuration file (if  needed)  and  fixes  up  a  Qt4  executable  using
       BundleUtilities  so it is standalone and can be drag-and-drop copied to another machine as long as all of
       the system libraries are compatible.

       <executable> should point to the executable to be fixed-up.

       <qtplugins> should contain a list of the names or paths of any Qt plugins to be installed.

       <libs> will be passed to BundleUtilities and should be a list of any already installed plugins, libraries
       or executables to also be fixed-up.

       <dirs> will be passed to BundleUtilities and should contain  and  directories  to  be  searched  to  find
       library dependencies.

       <plugins_dir> allows an custom plugins directory to be used.

       <request_qt_conf> will force a qt.conf file to be written even if not needed.

          install_qt4_plugin_path(plugin executable copy installed_plugin_path_var
                                  <plugins_dir> <component> <configurations>)

       Install  (or  copy)  a  resolved <plugin> to the default plugins directory (or <plugins_dir>) relative to
       <executable> and store the result in <installed_plugin_path_var>.

       If <copy> is set to TRUE then the plugins will be copied rather than installed.  This is  to  allow  this
       module to be used at CMake time rather than install time.

       If <component> is set then anything installed will use this COMPONENT.

          install_qt4_plugin(plugin executable copy installed_plugin_path_var
                             <plugins_dir> <component>)

       Install  (or copy) an unresolved <plugin> to the default plugins directory (or <plugins_dir>) relative to
       <executable>   and   store   the   result   in   <installed_plugin_path_var>.    See   documentation   of
       INSTALL_QT4_PLUGIN_PATH.

          install_qt4_executable(<executable>
            [<qtplugins> <libs> <dirs> <plugins_dir> <request_qt_conf> <component>])

       Installs  Qt  plugins,  writes  a  Qt  configuration file (if needed) and fixes up a Qt4 executable using
       BundleUtilities so it is standalone and can be drag-and-drop copied to another machine as long as all  of
       the  system  libraries  are compatible.  The executable will be fixed-up at install time.  <component> is
       the COMPONENT used for bundle fixup and plugin installation.  See documentation of FIXUP_QT4_BUNDLE.

   ExternalData
       Manage data files stored outside source tree

   Introduction
       Use this module to unambiguously reference data files stored outside the source tree and  fetch  them  at
       build  time  from  arbitrary  local  and  remote content-addressed locations.  Functions provided by this
       module recognize arguments with the syntax DATA{<name>} as references to external data, replace them with
       full paths to local copies of those data, and create build rules to fetch and update the local copies.

       For example:

          include(ExternalData)
          set(ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES "file:///local/%(algo)/%(hash)"
                                         "file:////host/share/%(algo)/%(hash)"
                                         "http://data.org/%(algo)/%(hash)")
          ExternalData_Add_Test(MyData
            NAME MyTest
            COMMAND MyExe DATA{MyInput.png}
            )
          ExternalData_Add_Target(MyData)

       When test MyTest runs the DATA{MyInput.png} argument will be replaced by the full path to a real instance
       of the data file MyInput.png on disk.  If the source tree contains a content link such as MyInput.png.md5
       then the MyData target creates a real MyInput.png in the build tree.

   Module Functions
       ExternalData_Expand_Arguments
              The ExternalData_Expand_Arguments function  evaluates  DATA{}  references  in  its  arguments  and
              constructs a new list of arguments:

                 ExternalData_Expand_Arguments(
                   <target>   # Name of data management target
                   <outVar>   # Output variable
                   [args...]  # Input arguments, DATA{} allowed
                   )

              It  replaces  each  DATA{} reference in an argument with the full path of a real data file on disk
              that will exist after the <target> builds.

       ExternalData_Add_Test
              The ExternalData_Add_Test function wraps around the CMake add_test() command but  supports  DATA{}
              references in its arguments:

                 ExternalData_Add_Test(
                   <target>   # Name of data management target
                   ...        # Arguments of add_test(), DATA{} allowed
                   )

              It  passes  its  arguments  through  ExternalData_Expand_Arguments and then invokes the add_test()
              command using the results.

       ExternalData_Add_Target
              The ExternalData_Add_Target function creates a custom target to manage  local  instances  of  data
              files stored externally:

                 ExternalData_Add_Target(
                   <target>                  # Name of data management target
                   [SHOW_PROGRESS <ON|OFF>]  # Show progress during the download
                   )

              It creates custom commands in the target as necessary to make data files available for each DATA{}
              reference  previously  evaluated  by  other  functions provided by this module.  Data files may be
              fetched from one of the URL templates specified in the ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES variable, or may
              be found locally in one of the paths specified in the ExternalData_OBJECT_STORES variable.

              New in version 3.20: The SHOW_PROGRESS argument may be passed  to  suppress  progress  information
              during  the  download  of  objects.  If  not  provided,  it  defaults  to  OFF for Ninja and Ninja
              Multi-Config generators and ON otherwise.

              Typically only one target is needed to manage all external  data  within  a  project.   Call  this
              function once at the end of configuration after all data references have been processed.

   Module Variables
       The  following  variables  configure  behavior.   They  should be set before calling any of the functions
       provided by this module.

       ExternalData_BINARY_ROOT
              The ExternalData_BINARY_ROOT variable may be set to the directory to  hold  the  real  data  files
              named  by expanded DATA{} references.  The default is CMAKE_BINARY_DIR.  The directory layout will
              mirror that of content links under ExternalData_SOURCE_ROOT.

       ExternalData_CUSTOM_SCRIPT_<key>
              New in version 3.2.

              Specify a full path to a .cmake custom  fetch  script  identified  by  <key>  in  entries  of  the
              ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES list.  See Custom Fetch Scripts.

       ExternalData_LINK_CONTENT
              The  ExternalData_LINK_CONTENT  variable  may  be set to the name of a supported hash algorithm to
              enable automatic conversion of real data files referenced by the DATA{} syntax into content links.
              For each such <file> a content link named <file><ext> is created.  The original file is renamed to
              the form .ExternalData_<algo>_<hash> to stage it for future transmission to one of  the  locations
              in  the  list  of  URL templates (by means outside the scope of this module).  The data fetch rule
              created for the content link will use the staged object if  it  cannot  be  found  using  any  URL
              template.

       ExternalData_NO_SYMLINKS
              New in version 3.3.

              The   real   data  files  named  by  expanded  DATA{}  references  may  be  made  available  under
              ExternalData_BINARY_ROOT using symbolic links on  some  platforms.   The  ExternalData_NO_SYMLINKS
              variable may be set to disable use of symbolic links and enable use of copies instead.

       ExternalData_OBJECT_STORES
              The  ExternalData_OBJECT_STORES  variable  may  be  set  to a list of local directories that store
              objects using the layout <dir>/%(algo)/%(hash).  These directories will be searched  first  for  a
              needed object.  If the object is not available in any store then it will be fetched remotely using
              the  URL  templates  and  added  to  the first local store listed.  If no stores are specified the
              default is a location inside the build tree.

       ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE

       ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_PREFIX

       ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_NUMBER

       ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_SUFFIX

       ExternalData_SERIES_MATCH
              See Referencing File Series.

       ExternalData_SOURCE_ROOT
              The ExternalData_SOURCE_ROOT variable may be set to the highest source  directory  containing  any
              path  named by a DATA{} reference.  The default is CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR.  ExternalData_SOURCE_ROOT and
              CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR must refer to directories within a single source distribution  (e.g.   they  come
              together in one tarball).

       ExternalData_TIMEOUT_ABSOLUTE
              The  ExternalData_TIMEOUT_ABSOLUTE variable sets the download absolute timeout, in seconds, with a
              default of 300 seconds.  Set to 0 to disable enforcement.

       ExternalData_TIMEOUT_INACTIVITY
              The ExternalData_TIMEOUT_INACTIVITY variable sets the download  inactivity  timeout,  in  seconds,
              with a default of 60 seconds.  Set to 0 to disable enforcement.

       ExternalData_URL_ALGO_<algo>_<key>
              New in version 3.3.

              Specify  a  custom  URL  component  to  be  substituted  for URL template placeholders of the form
              %(algo:<key>), where <key> is a valid C identifier, when fetching an object  referenced  via  hash
              algorithm <algo>.  If not defined, the default URL component is just <algo> for any <key>.

       ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES
              The  ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES  may  be  set  to  provide  a  list  of  URL  templates  using the
              placeholders %(algo) and %(hash) in each template.  Data fetch rules  try  each  URL  template  in
              order  by  substituting  the  hash  algorithm  name  for  %(algo)  and the hash value for %(hash).
              Alternatively one may use %(algo:<key>) with ExternalData_URL_ALGO_<algo>_<key> variables to  gain
              more flexibility in remote URLs.

   Referencing Files
   Referencing Single Files
       The  DATA{}  syntax  is  literal  and  the <name> is a full or relative path within the source tree.  The
       source tree must contain either a real data file at <name> or a "content link" at <name><ext>  containing
       a  hash  of  the  real  file  using  a  hash algorithm corresponding to <ext>.  For example, the argument
       DATA{img.png} may be satisfied by either a real img.png  file  in  the  current  source  directory  or  a
       img.png.md5 file containing its MD5 sum.

       New  in version 3.8: Multiple content links of the same name with different hash algorithms are supported
       (e.g. img.png.sha256 and img.png.sha1) so long as they all correspond to the same real file.  This allows
       objects to be fetched from sources indexed by different hash algorithms.

   Referencing File Series
       The DATA{} syntax can be told to fetch a file series using  the  form  DATA{<name>,:},  where  the  :  is
       literal.   If  the  source  tree  contains  a  group of files or content links named like a series then a
       reference to one member adds rules to fetch all of them.  Although all members of a series  are  fetched,
       only  the  file originally named by the DATA{} argument is substituted for it.  The default configuration
       recognizes file series names ending with #.ext, _#.ext, .#.ext, or  -#.ext  where  #  is  a  sequence  of
       decimal  digits  and  .ext  is  any single extension.  Configure it with a regex that parses <number> and
       <suffix> parts from the end of <name>:

          ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE = regex of the form (<number>)(<suffix>)$

       For more complicated cases set:

          ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE = regex with at least two () groups
          ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_PREFIX = <prefix> regex group number, if any
          ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_NUMBER = <number> regex group number
          ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_SUFFIX = <suffix> regex group number

       Configure series number matching with a regex that matches the <number>  part  of  series  members  named
       <prefix><number><suffix>:

          ExternalData_SERIES_MATCH = regex matching <number> in all series members

       Note that the <suffix> of a series does not include a hash-algorithm extension.

   Referencing Associated Files
       The  DATA{} syntax can alternatively match files associated with the named file and contained in the same
       directory.  Associated files may be specified by options using the syntax DATA{<name>,<opt1>,<opt2>,...}.
       Each option may specify one file by name or specify a regular expression to match file  names  using  the
       syntax REGEX:<regex>.  For example, the arguments:

          DATA{MyData/MyInput.mhd,MyInput.img}                   # File pair
          DATA{MyData/MyFrames00.png,REGEX:MyFrames[0-9]+\\.png} # Series

       will  pass  MyInput.mha  and  MyFrames00.png on the command line but ensure that the associated files are
       present next to them.

   Referencing Directories
       The DATA{} syntax may reference a directory using a trailing slash and a list of associated  files.   The
       form DATA{<name>/,<opt1>,<opt2>,...} adds rules to fetch any files in the directory that match one of the
       associated  file options.  For example, the argument DATA{MyDataDir/,REGEX:.*} will pass the full path to
       a MyDataDir directory on the command line and ensure that the directory contains files  corresponding  to
       every file or content link in the MyDataDir source directory.

       New in version 3.3: In order to match associated files in subdirectories, specify a RECURSE: option, e.g.
       DATA{MyDataDir/,RECURSE:,REGEX:.*}.

   Hash Algorithms
       The following hash algorithms are supported:

          %(algo)     <ext>     Description
          -------     -----     -----------
          MD5         .md5      Message-Digest Algorithm 5, RFC 1321
          SHA1        .sha1     US Secure Hash Algorithm 1, RFC 3174
          SHA224      .sha224   US Secure Hash Algorithms, RFC 4634
          SHA256      .sha256   US Secure Hash Algorithms, RFC 4634
          SHA384      .sha384   US Secure Hash Algorithms, RFC 4634
          SHA512      .sha512   US Secure Hash Algorithms, RFC 4634
          SHA3_224    .sha3-224 Keccak SHA-3
          SHA3_256    .sha3-256 Keccak SHA-3
          SHA3_384    .sha3-384 Keccak SHA-3
          SHA3_512    .sha3-512 Keccak SHA-3

       New in version 3.8: Added the SHA3_* hash algorithms.

       Note that the hashes are used only for unique data identification and download verification.

   Custom Fetch Scripts
       New in version 3.2.

       When   a   data   file   must   be   fetched   from   one   of   the   URL  templates  specified  in  the
       ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES variable, it is normally downloaded using the file(DOWNLOAD) command.  One may
       specify   usage   of   a   custom   fetch   script   by   using   a   URL   template    of    the    form
       ExternalDataCustomScript://<key>/<loc>.  The <key> must be a C identifier, and the <loc> must contain the
       %(algo) and %(hash) placeholders.  A variable corresponding to the key, ExternalData_CUSTOM_SCRIPT_<key>,
       must  be set to the full path to a .cmake script file.  The script will be included to perform the actual
       fetch, and provided with the following variables:

       ExternalData_CUSTOM_LOCATION
              When a custom fetch script is loaded, this variable is set to the location part of the URL,  which
              will contain the substituted hash algorithm name and content hash value.

       ExternalData_CUSTOM_FILE
              When a custom fetch script is loaded, this variable is set to the full path to a file in which the
              script  must  store  the  fetched  content.  The name of the file is unspecified and should not be
              interpreted in any way.

       The custom fetch script is expected to store fetched content in the file or set a variable:

       ExternalData_CUSTOM_ERROR
              When a custom fetch script fails to fetch the requested content, it must set this  variable  to  a
              short one-line message describing the reason for failure.

   ExternalProject
   Commands
   External Project Definition
       ExternalProject_Add
              The  ExternalProject_Add()  function  creates  a  custom  target  to drive download, update/patch,
              configure, build, install and test steps of an external project:

                 ExternalProject_Add(<name> [<option>...])

              The individual steps within the process can be driven independently if required  (e.g.  for  CDash
              submission)  and  extra  custom  steps  can be defined, along with the ability to control the step
              dependencies. The directory structure used for the management of the external project can also  be
              customized.  The  function  supports  a  large  number  of options which can be used to tailor the
              external project behavior.

              Directory Options:
                     Most  of  the  time,  the  default  directory  layout  is  sufficient.  It  is  largely  an
                     implementation  detail  that  the  main  project  usually  doesn't  need to change. In some
                     circumstances, however, control over the directory layout can be useful or  necessary.  The
                     directory  options  are  potentially more useful from the point of view that the main build
                     can use the  ExternalProject_Get_Property()  command  to  retrieve  their  values,  thereby
                     allowing the main project to refer to build artifacts of the external project.

                     PREFIX <dir>
                            Root  directory  for  the  external project. Unless otherwise noted below, all other
                            directories associated with the external project will be created under here.

                     TMP_DIR <dir>
                            Directory in which to store temporary files.

                     STAMP_DIR <dir>
                            Directory in which to store the timestamps of each step. Log files  from  individual
                            steps  are  also  created  in here unless overridden by LOG_DIR (see Logging Options
                            below).

                     LOG_DIR <dir>
                            New in version 3.14.

                            Directory in which to store the logs of each step.

                     DOWNLOAD_DIR <dir>
                            Directory in which to store downloaded files before unpacking them.  This  directory
                            is  only  used by the URL download method, all other download methods use SOURCE_DIR
                            directly instead.

                     SOURCE_DIR <dir>
                            Source directory into which downloaded contents will be  unpacked,  or  for  non-URL
                            download  methods,  the  directory  in  which  the repository should be checked out,
                            cloned, etc. If no download method is specified, this  must  point  to  an  existing
                            directory  where  the  external  project has already been unpacked or cloned/checked
                            out.

                            NOTE:
                               If a download method is specified, any existing contents of the source  directory
                               may  be  deleted.  Only  the URL download method checks whether this directory is
                               either missing or empty before initiating the download, stopping with an error if
                               it is not empty.  All  other  download  methods  silently  discard  any  previous
                               contents of the source directory.

                     BINARY_DIR <dir>
                            Specify  the  build directory location. This option is ignored if BUILD_IN_SOURCE is
                            enabled.

                     INSTALL_DIR <dir>
                            Installation prefix to be placed in the <INSTALL_DIR> placeholder.   This  does  not
                            actually configure the external project to install to the given prefix. That must be
                            done  by  passing  appropriate arguments to the external project configuration step,
                            e.g. using <INSTALL_DIR>.

                     If any of the above ..._DIR options are not  specified,  their  defaults  are  computed  as
                     follows.  If the PREFIX option is given or the EP_PREFIX directory property is set, then an
                     external project is built and installed under the specified prefix:

                        TMP_DIR      = <prefix>/tmp
                        STAMP_DIR    = <prefix>/src/<name>-stamp
                        DOWNLOAD_DIR = <prefix>/src
                        SOURCE_DIR   = <prefix>/src/<name>
                        BINARY_DIR   = <prefix>/src/<name>-build
                        INSTALL_DIR  = <prefix>
                        LOG_DIR      = <STAMP_DIR>

                     Otherwise, if the EP_BASE directory property is set then components of an external  project
                     are stored under the specified base:

                        TMP_DIR      = <base>/tmp/<name>
                        STAMP_DIR    = <base>/Stamp/<name>
                        DOWNLOAD_DIR = <base>/Download/<name>
                        SOURCE_DIR   = <base>/Source/<name>
                        BINARY_DIR   = <base>/Build/<name>
                        INSTALL_DIR  = <base>/Install/<name>
                        LOG_DIR      = <STAMP_DIR>

                     If  no  PREFIX,  EP_PREFIX,  or  EP_BASE is specified, then the default is to set PREFIX to
                     <name>-prefix. Relative paths are interpreted with respect to  CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR  at
                     the point where ExternalProject_Add() is called.

              Download Step Options:
                     A  download  method can be omitted if the SOURCE_DIR option is used to point to an existing
                     non-empty directory. Otherwise, one  of  the  download  methods  below  must  be  specified
                     (multiple download methods should not be given) or a custom DOWNLOAD_COMMAND provided.

                     DOWNLOAD_COMMAND <cmd>...
                            Overrides  the  command  used  for  the  download  step  (generator  expressions are
                            supported). If this option is specified, all other download options will be ignored.
                            Providing an empty string for <cmd> effectively disables the download step.

                     URL Download

                            URL <url1> [<url2>...]
                                   List of paths and/or URL(s) of the external project's source. When more  than
                                   one  URL is given, they are tried in turn until one succeeds. A URL may be an
                                   ordinary path in the local file system (in which case it must be the only URL
                                   provided) or any downloadable URL supported by the file(DOWNLOAD) command.  A
                                   local  filesystem  path  may  refer  to either an existing directory or to an
                                   archive file, whereas a URL is expected to point  to  a  file  which  can  be
                                   treated  as  an  archive.  When  an  archive  is  used,  it  will be unpacked
                                   automatically unless the DOWNLOAD_NO_EXTRACT option is set to prevent it. The
                                   archive type is determined by inspecting the actual content rather than using
                                   logic based on the file extension.

                                   Changed in version 3.7: Multiple URLs are allowed.

                            URL_HASH <algo>=<hashValue>
                                   Hash of the archive file to be downloaded. The argument should be of the form
                                   <algo>=<hashValue> where algo can be any of the hashing algorithms  supported
                                   by the file() command. Specifying this option is strongly recommended for URL
                                   downloads,  as it ensures the integrity of the downloaded content. It is also
                                   used as a check for a previously downloaded file, allowing connection to  the
                                   remote location to be avoided altogether if the local directory already has a
                                   file from an earlier download that matches the specified hash.

                            URL_MD5 <md5>
                                   Equivalent to URL_HASH MD5=<md5>.

                            DOWNLOAD_NAME <fname>
                                   File name to use for the downloaded file. If not given, the end of the URL is
                                   used  to  determine  the file name. This option is rarely needed, the default
                                   name is generally suitable and is not normally used outside of code  internal
                                   to the ExternalProject module.

                            DOWNLOAD_NO_EXTRACT <bool>
                                   New in version 3.6.

                                   Allows  the  extraction part of the download step to be disabled by passing a
                                   boolean true value for  this  option.  If  this  option  is  not  given,  the
                                   downloaded contents will be unpacked automatically if required. If extraction
                                   has  been  disabled,  the  full  path  to the downloaded file is available as
                                   <DOWNLOADED_FILE> in subsequent steps or as the property DOWNLOADED_FILE with
                                   the ExternalProject_Get_Property() command.

                            DOWNLOAD_NO_PROGRESS <bool>
                                   Can be used to disable logging the download progress. If this option  is  not
                                   given, download progress messages will be logged.

                            TIMEOUT <seconds>
                                   Maximum time allowed for file download operations.

                            INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT <seconds>
                                   New in version 3.19.

                                   Terminate the operation after a period of inactivity.

                            HTTP_USERNAME <username>
                                   New in version 3.7.

                                   Username for the download operation if authentication is required.

                            HTTP_PASSWORD <password>
                                   New in version 3.7.

                                   Password for the download operation if authentication is required.

                            HTTP_HEADER <header1> [<header2>...]
                                   New in version 3.7.

                                   Provides  an arbitrary list of HTTP headers for the download operation.  This
                                   can be useful for accessing content in systems like AWS, etc.

                            TLS_VERIFY <bool>
                                   Specifies whether certificate verification  should  be  performed  for  https
                                   URLs.  If  this option is not provided, the default behavior is determined by
                                   the CMAKE_TLS_VERIFY variable (see file(DOWNLOAD)). If that is also not  set,
                                   certificate  verification will not be performed. In situations where URL_HASH
                                   cannot be provided, this option can be an alternative verification measure.

                                   Changed in version 3.6: This option also applies to git clone invocations.

                            TLS_CAINFO <file>
                                   Specify a custom certificate authority file to use if TLS_VERIFY is  enabled.
                                   If  this  option is not specified, the value of the CMAKE_TLS_CAINFO variable
                                   will be used instead (see file(DOWNLOAD))

                            NETRC <level>
                                   New in version 3.11.

                                   Specify whether the .netrc file is to be used for operation.  If this  option
                                   is  not specified, the value of the CMAKE_NETRC variable will be used instead
                                   (see file(DOWNLOAD)) Valid levels are:

                                   IGNORED
                                          The .netrc file is ignored.  This is the default.

                                   OPTIONAL
                                          The .netrc file is optional, and information in the URL is  preferred.
                                          The  file  will  be  scanned  to  find  which  ever information is not
                                          specified in the URL.

                                   REQUIRED
                                          The .netrc file is required, and information in the URL is ignored.

                            NETRC_FILE <file>
                                   New in version 3.11.

                                   Specify an alternative .netrc file to the one in your home directory  if  the
                                   NETRC  level  is  OPTIONAL  or REQUIRED. If this option is not specified, the
                                   value  of  the  CMAKE_NETRC_FILE  variable  will   be   used   instead   (see
                                   file(DOWNLOAD))

                            New in version 3.1: Added support for tbz2, .tar.xz, .txz, and .7z extensions.

                     Git    NOTE: A git version of 1.6.5 or later is required if this download method is used.

                            GIT_REPOSITORY <url>
                                   URL of the git repository. Any URL understood by the git command may be used.

                            GIT_TAG <tag>
                                   Git  branch  name, tag or commit hash. Note that branch names and tags should
                                   generally be specified as remote  names  (i.e.  origin/myBranch  rather  than
                                   simply  myBranch).  This  ensures that if the remote end has its tag moved or
                                   branch rebased or history rewritten, the local clone will  still  be  updated
                                   correctly.  In general, however, specifying a commit hash should be preferred
                                   for a number of reasons:

                                   • If the local clone already has the commit corresponding to the hash, no git
                                     fetch needs to be performed to check for changes each time CMake is re-run.
                                     This can result in a significant speed up if  many  external  projects  are
                                     being used.

                                   • Using  a  specific  git hash ensures that the main project's own history is
                                     fully traceable to a specific point in the external project's evolution. If
                                     a branch or tag name is used instead, then checking out a  specific  commit
                                     of  the  main project doesn't necessarily pin the whole build to a specific
                                     point in the life of the external project.  The lack of such  deterministic
                                     behavior makes the main project lose traceability and repeatability.

                                   If GIT_SHALLOW is enabled then GIT_TAG works only with branch names and tags.
                                   A commit hash is not allowed.

                            GIT_REMOTE_NAME <name>
                                   The optional name of the remote. If this option is not specified, it defaults
                                   to origin.

                            GIT_SUBMODULES <module>...
                                   Specific  git  submodules  that should also be updated. If this option is not
                                   provided, all git submodules will be updated.

                                   Changed in version 3.16: When CMP0097 is set to NEW, if this value is set  to
                                   an empty string then no submodules are initialized or updated.

                            GIT_SUBMODULES_RECURSE <bool>
                                   New in version 3.17.

                                   Specify  whether git submodules (if any) should update recursively by passing
                                   the --recursive flag to git submodule update.  If not specified, the  default
                                   is on.

                            GIT_SHALLOW <bool>
                                   New in version 3.6.

                                   When  this  option  is  enabled,  the  git  clone operation will be given the
                                   --depth 1 option. This performs a shallow clone, which avoids downloading the
                                   whole history and instead retrieves just the commit denoted  by  the  GIT_TAG
                                   option.

                            GIT_PROGRESS <bool>
                                   New in version 3.8.

                                   When  enabled,  this  option  instructs the git clone operation to report its
                                   progress by passing it the --progress option. Without this option, the  clone
                                   step  for  large  projects  may appear to make the build stall, since nothing
                                   will be logged until the clone operation finishes. While this option  can  be
                                   used  to  provide  progress  to  prevent  the  appearance of the build having
                                   stalled, it may also make the build overly noisy if lots of external projects
                                   are used.

                            GIT_CONFIG <option1> [<option2>...]
                                   New in version 3.8.

                                   Specify a list of config options to pass to git  clone.  Each  option  listed
                                   will  be  transformed into its own --config <option> on the git clone command
                                   line, with each option required to be in the form key=value.

                            GIT_REMOTE_UPDATE_STRATEGY <strategy>
                                   New in version 3.18.

                                   When GIT_TAG refers to a remote branch, this option can be  used  to  specify
                                   how the update step behaves.  The <strategy> must be one of the following:

                                   CHECKOUT
                                          Ignore  the  local  branch and always checkout the branch specified by
                                          GIT_TAG.

                                   REBASE Try to rebase the current branch to the one specified by GIT_TAG.   If
                                          there  are  local  uncommitted changes, they will be stashed first and
                                          popped again after rebasing.  If rebasing or popping  stashed  changes
                                          fail,   abort   the   rebase   and   halt   with   an   error.    When
                                          GIT_REMOTE_UPDATE_STRATEGY  is  not  present,  this  is  the   default
                                          strategy    unless    the    default    has   been   overridden   with
                                          CMAKE_EP_GIT_REMOTE_UPDATE_STRATEGY (see below).

                                   REBASE_CHECKOUT
                                          Same as REBASE except if the rebase fails, an annotated  tag  will  be
                                          created  at the original HEAD position from before the rebase and then
                                          checkout GIT_TAG just like the CHECKOUT strategy.  The message  stored
                                          on  the  annotated  tag will give information about what was attempted
                                          and the tag name will include a timestamp so that each failed run will
                                          add a new tag.  This strategy ensures no changes  will  be  lost,  but
                                          updates  should always succeed if GIT_TAG refers to a valid ref unless
                                          there are uncommitted changes that cannot be popped successfully.

                                   The variable CMAKE_EP_GIT_REMOTE_UPDATE_STRATEGY can be set to  override  the
                                   default  strategy.   This  variable  should  not  be  set by a project, it is
                                   intended for the user to set.  It is primarily intended for use in continuous
                                   integration scripts to ensure that when history  is  rewritten  on  a  remote
                                   branch,  the  build  doesn't  end up with unintended changes or failed builds
                                   resulting from conflicts during rebase operations.

                     Subversion

                            SVN_REPOSITORY <url>
                                   URL of the Subversion repository.

                            SVN_REVISION -r<rev>
                                   Revision to checkout from the Subversion repository.

                            SVN_USERNAME <username>
                                   Username for the Subversion checkout and update.

                            SVN_PASSWORD <password>
                                   Password for the Subversion checkout and update.

                            SVN_TRUST_CERT <bool>
                                   Specifies whether  to  trust  the  Subversion  server  site  certificate.  If
                                   enabled,  the  --trust-server-cert  option  is passed to the svn checkout and
                                   update commands.

                     Mercurial

                            HG_REPOSITORY <url>
                                   URL of the mercurial repository.

                            HG_TAG <tag>
                                   Mercurial branch name, tag or commit id.

                     CVS

                            CVS_REPOSITORY <cvsroot>
                                   CVSROOT of the CVS repository.

                            CVS_MODULE <mod>
                                   Module to checkout from the CVS repository.

                            CVS_TAG <tag>
                                   Tag to checkout from the CVS repository.

              Update/Patch Step Options:
                     Whenever CMake is re-run, by default the external project's sources will be updated if  the
                     download  method  supports  updates  (e.g. a git repository would be checked if the GIT_TAG
                     does not refer to a specific commit).

                     UPDATE_COMMAND <cmd>...
                            Overrides the download method's update step with a custom command.  The command  may
                            use generator expressions.

                     UPDATE_DISCONNECTED <bool>
                            New in version 3.2.

                            When  enabled,  this  option  causes  the  update  step  to be skipped. It does not,
                            however, prevent the download step. The update step can still be  added  as  a  step
                            target  (see  ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets()) and called manually. This is useful
                            if you want to allow developers to build the  project  when  disconnected  from  the
                            network (the network may still be needed for the download step though).

                            When  this  option  is  present, it is generally advisable to make the value a cache
                            variable under the developer's control rather than hard-coding it. If this option is
                            not present, the default value is taken from  the  EP_UPDATE_DISCONNECTED  directory
                            property.  If  that  is  also  not  defined,  updates  are  performed as normal. The
                            EP_UPDATE_DISCONNECTED  directory  property  is  intended  as  a   convenience   for
                            controlling  the  UPDATE_DISCONNECTED  behavior for an entire section of a project's
                            directory hierarchy and may be a more convenient method of giving developers control
                            over whether or not to perform updates (assuming the project also provides  a  cache
                            variable or some other convenient method for setting the directory property).

                            This may cause a step target to be created automatically for the download step.  See
                            policy CMP0114.

                     PATCH_COMMAND <cmd>...
                            Specifies  a  custom  command  to  patch the sources after an update. By default, no
                            patch command is defined.  Note  that  it  can  be  quite  difficult  to  define  an
                            appropriate  patch  command  that performs robustly, especially for download methods
                            such as git where changing the GIT_TAG will not  discard  changes  from  a  previous
                            patch, but the patch command will be called again after updating to the new tag.

              Configure Step Options:
                     The  configure  step  is  run after the download and update steps. By default, the external
                     project is assumed to be a CMake project, but this can be overridden if required.

                     CONFIGURE_COMMAND <cmd>...
                            The default configure command runs CMake with  a  few  options  based  on  the  main
                            project.   The  options  added  are  typically  only  those  needed  to use the same
                            generator as the main project, but  the  CMAKE_GENERATOR  option  can  be  given  to
                            override  this.   The project is responsible for adding any toolchain details, flags
                            or other settings it wants to re-use from the main project or otherwise specify (see
                            CMAKE_ARGS, CMAKE_CACHE_ARGS and CMAKE_CACHE_DEFAULT_ARGS below).

                            For non-CMake external projects,  the  CONFIGURE_COMMAND  option  must  be  used  to
                            override  the  default  configure command (generator expressions are supported). For
                            projects that require no configure step, specify this option with an empty string as
                            the command to execute.

                     CMAKE_COMMAND /.../cmake
                            Specify an alternative cmake executable for the  configure  step  (use  an  absolute
                            path).  This  is generally not recommended, since it is usually desirable to use the
                            same CMake version throughout the whole build. This option is ignored  if  a  custom
                            configure command has been specified with CONFIGURE_COMMAND.

                     CMAKE_GENERATOR <gen>
                            Override  the  CMake generator used for the configure step. Without this option, the
                            same generator as the main build will be used. This option is ignored  if  a  custom
                            configure command has been specified with the CONFIGURE_COMMAND option.

                     CMAKE_GENERATOR_PLATFORM <platform>
                            New in version 3.1.

                            Pass    a   generator-specific   platform   name   to   the   CMake   command   (see
                            CMAKE_GENERATOR_PLATFORM). It is  an  error  to  provide  this  option  without  the
                            CMAKE_GENERATOR option.

                     CMAKE_GENERATOR_TOOLSET <toolset>
                            Pass    a    generator-specific   toolset   name   to   the   CMake   command   (see
                            CMAKE_GENERATOR_TOOLSET). It  is  an  error  to  provide  this  option  without  the
                            CMAKE_GENERATOR option.

                     CMAKE_GENERATOR_INSTANCE <instance>
                            New in version 3.11.

                            Pass   a   generator-specific   instance   selection   to  the  CMake  command  (see
                            CMAKE_GENERATOR_INSTANCE). It is  an  error  to  provide  this  option  without  the
                            CMAKE_GENERATOR option.

                     CMAKE_ARGS <arg>...
                            The  specified  arguments  are  passed  to  the  cmake command line. They can be any
                            argument the cmake command understands, not  just  cache  values  defined  by  -D...
                            arguments (see also CMake Options).

                            New in version 3.3: Arguments may use generator expressions.

                     CMAKE_CACHE_ARGS <arg>...
                            This  is  an  alternate  way of specifying cache variables where command line length
                            issues may become  a  problem.  The  arguments  are  expected  to  be  in  the  form
                            -Dvar:STRING=value,  which  are  then transformed into CMake set() commands with the
                            FORCE option used. These set() commands are written to a pre-load  script  which  is
                            then applied using the cmake -C command line option.

                            New in version 3.3: Arguments may use generator expressions.

                     CMAKE_CACHE_DEFAULT_ARGS <arg>...
                            New in version 3.2.

                            This  is  the  same  as the CMAKE_CACHE_ARGS option except the set() commands do not
                            include the FORCE keyword. This means the values act as initial  defaults  only  and
                            will  not  override  any  variables already set from a previous run. Use this option
                            with care, as it can lead to different  behavior  depending  on  whether  the  build
                            starts from a fresh build directory or re-uses previous build contents.

                            New  in  version  3.15:  If  the  CMake  generator  is the Green Hills MULTI and not
                            overridden then the original project's settings  for  the  GHS  toolset  and  target
                            system customization cache variables are propagated into the external project.

                     SOURCE_SUBDIR <dir>
                            New in version 3.7.

                            When  no  CONFIGURE_COMMAND  option  is  specified,  the  configure step assumes the
                            external project has a CMakeLists.txt file at the top of its source  tree  (i.e.  in
                            SOURCE_DIR).  The  SOURCE_SUBDIR  option  can  be  used  to  point to an alternative
                            directory within the source tree to use as the top of the CMake source tree instead.
                            This must be a relative path and  it  will  be  interpreted  as  being  relative  to
                            SOURCE_DIR.

                            New  in  version  3.14: When BUILD_IN_SOURCE option is enabled, the BUILD_COMMAND is
                            used to point to an alternative directory within the source tree.

                     CONFIGURE_HANDLED_BY_BUILD <bool>
                            New in version 3.20.

                            Enabling this option relaxes  the  dependencies  of  the  configure  step  on  other
                            external  projects  to  order-only.  This  means the configure step will be executed
                            after its external project dependencies are built but it will not  be  marked  dirty
                            when one of its external project dependencies is rebuilt. This option can be enabled
                            when  the build step is smart enough to figure out if the configure step needs to be
                            rerun. CMake and Meson are examples of build  systems  whose  build  step  is  smart
                            enough to know if the configure step needs to be rerun.

              Build Step Options:
                     If  the  configure  step  assumed  the external project uses CMake as its build system, the
                     build step will also. Otherwise, the build step will  assume  a  Makefile-based  build  and
                     simply  run  make  with no arguments as the default build step. This can be overridden with
                     custom build commands if required.

                     If both the main project and the external project use make as their build tool,  the  build
                     step  of  the  external  project  is  invoked as a recursive make using $(MAKE).  This will
                     communicate some build tool settings from the main project to  the  external  project.   If
                     either  the main project or external project is not using make, no build tool settings will
                     be passed to the external project other than those established by the configure step  (i.e.
                     running ninja -v in the main project will not pass -v to the external project's build step,
                     even if it also uses ninja as its build tool).

                     BUILD_COMMAND <cmd>...
                            Overrides  the  default build command (generator expressions are supported). If this
                            option is not given, the default build command will be chosen to integrate with  the
                            main  build  in  the  most  appropriate  way (e.g. using recursive make for Makefile
                            generators or cmake --build if the project uses a CMake build). This option  can  be
                            specified with an empty string as the command to make the build step do nothing.

                     BUILD_IN_SOURCE <bool>
                            When  this  option  is  enabled, the build will be done directly within the external
                            project's source tree. This should generally be avoided, the use of a separate build
                            directory is usually preferred, but it can  be  useful  when  the  external  project
                            assumes  an  in-source  build.  The  BINARY_DIR  option  should  not be specified if
                            building in-source.

                     BUILD_ALWAYS <bool>
                            Enabling this option forces the build step to always be run. This can be the easiest
                            way to robustly ensure that  the  external  project's  own  build  dependencies  are
                            evaluated  rather  than  relying on the default success timestamp-based method. This
                            option is not normally needed unless developers are expected to modify something the
                            external project's build depends on in a way that is not  detectable  via  the  step
                            target  dependencies  (e.g.  SOURCE_DIR  is  used  without  a  download  method  and
                            developers might modify the sources in SOURCE_DIR).

                     BUILD_BYPRODUCTS <file>...
                            New in version 3.2.

                            Specifies files that will be generated by the build command but which might or might
                            not have their modification time updated by subsequent builds. These ultimately  get
                            passed   through   as  BYPRODUCTS  to  the  build  step's  own  underlying  call  to
                            add_custom_command().

              Install Step Options:
                     If the configure step assumed the external project uses CMake  as  its  build  system,  the
                     install  step will also. Otherwise, the install step will assume a Makefile-based build and
                     simply run make install as the default build step.  This  can  be  overridden  with  custom
                     install commands if required.

                     INSTALL_COMMAND <cmd>...
                            The  external  project's  own  install step is invoked as part of the main project's
                            build. It is done after the external project's build step and may be before or after
                            the external project's test step (see the  TEST_BEFORE_INSTALL  option  below).  The
                            external  project's  install rules are not part of the main project's install rules,
                            so if anything from the external project should be installed as  part  of  the  main
                            build,  these  need  to  be  specified  in  the  main  build as additional install()
                            commands. The default install  step  builds  the  install  target  of  the  external
                            project,  but  this  can  be  overridden  with  a  custom  command using this option
                            (generator expressions are supported). Passing an empty string as  the  <cmd>  makes
                            the install step do nothing.

                     NOTE:
                        If the CMAKE_INSTALL_MODE environment variable is set when the main project is built, it
                        will only have an effect if the following conditions are met:

                        • The main project's configure step assumed the external project uses CMake as its build
                          system.

                        • The  external  project's  install  command  actually  runs.  Note  that due to the way
                          ExternalProject may use timestamps internally, if nothing the install step depends  on
                          needs to be re-executed, the install command might also not need to run.

                        Note also that ExternalProject does not check whether the CMAKE_INSTALL_MODE environment
                        variable changes from one run to another.

              Test Step Options:
                     The  test  step  is  only  defined  if  at least one of the following TEST_...  options are
                     provided.

                     TEST_COMMAND <cmd>...
                            Overrides the default test command (generator expressions are  supported).  If  this
                            option  is not given, the default behavior of the test step is to build the external
                            project's own test target. This option can be  specified  with  <cmd>  as  an  empty
                            string,  which  allows the test step to still be defined, but it will do nothing. Do
                            not specify any of the other TEST_... options if providing an empty  string  as  the
                            test  command,  but  prefer to omit all TEST_... options altogether if the test step
                            target is not needed.

                     TEST_BEFORE_INSTALL <bool>
                            When this option is enabled, the test step will be executed before the install step.
                            The default behavior is for the test step to run after the install step.

                     TEST_AFTER_INSTALL <bool>
                            This option is mainly useful as a way to indicate that the test step is desired  but
                            all default behavior is sufficient. Specifying this option with a boolean true value
                            ensures  the  test step is defined and that it comes after the install step. If both
                            TEST_BEFORE_INSTALL and TEST_AFTER_INSTALL  are  enabled,  the  latter  is  silently
                            ignored.

                     TEST_EXCLUDE_FROM_MAIN <bool>
                            New in version 3.2.

                            If  enabled,  the  main build's default ALL target will not depend on the test step.
                            This can be a useful way of ensuring the test step is defined but only gets  invoked
                            when  manually  requested.  This may cause a step target to be created automatically
                            for either the install or build step.  See policy CMP0114.

              Output Logging Options:
                     Each of the following LOG_... options can be used to wrap the relevant step in a script  to
                     capture  its  output  to  files.  The  log  files will be created in LOG_DIR if supplied or
                     otherwise the STAMP_DIR directory with step-specific file names.

                     LOG_DOWNLOAD <bool>
                            When enabled, the output of the download step is logged to files.

                     LOG_UPDATE <bool>
                            When enabled, the output of the update step is logged to files.

                     LOG_PATCH <bool>
                            New in version 3.14.

                            When enabled, the output of the patch step is logged to files.

                     LOG_CONFIGURE <bool>
                            When enabled, the output of the configure step is logged to files.

                     LOG_BUILD <bool>
                            When enabled, the output of the build step is logged to files.

                     LOG_INSTALL <bool>
                            When enabled, the output of the install step is logged to files.

                     LOG_TEST <bool>
                            When enabled, the output of the test step is logged to files.

                     LOG_MERGED_STDOUTERR <bool>
                            New in version 3.14.

                            When enabled, stdout and stderr will be merged for any step whose  output  is  being
                            logged to files.

                     LOG_OUTPUT_ON_FAILURE <bool>
                            New in version 3.14.

                            This  option  only  has an effect if at least one of the other LOG_<step> options is
                            enabled.  If an error occurs for a step which has  logging  to  file  enabled,  that
                            step's  output  will  be  printed  to the console if LOG_OUTPUT_ON_FAILURE is set to
                            true.  For cases where a large amount of output is recorded, just the  end  of  that
                            output may be printed to the console.

              Terminal Access Options:
                     New in version 3.4.

                     Steps can be given direct access to the terminal in some cases. Giving a step access to the
                     terminal  may  allow  it  to receive terminal input if required, such as for authentication
                     details not provided by other options.  With the Ninja generator, these options  place  the
                     steps  in  the console job pool. Each step can be given access to the terminal individually
                     via the following options:

                     USES_TERMINAL_DOWNLOAD <bool>
                            Give the download step access to the terminal.

                     USES_TERMINAL_UPDATE <bool>
                            Give the update step access to the terminal.

                     USES_TERMINAL_CONFIGURE <bool>
                            Give the configure step access to the terminal.

                     USES_TERMINAL_BUILD <bool>
                            Give the build step access to the terminal.

                     USES_TERMINAL_INSTALL <bool>
                            Give the install step access to the terminal.

                     USES_TERMINAL_TEST <bool>
                            Give the test step access to the terminal.

              Target Options:

                     DEPENDS <targets>...
                            Specify other targets on which the external project depends. The other targets  will
                            be  brought  up  to  date  before  any of the external project's steps are executed.
                            Because the external project uses additional  custom  targets  internally  for  each
                            step,  the  DEPENDS  option  is the most convenient way to ensure all of those steps
                            depend on the other targets.  Simply doing add_dependencies(<name>  <targets>)  will
                            not make any of the steps dependent on <targets>.

                     EXCLUDE_FROM_ALL <bool>
                            When  enabled, this option excludes the external project from the default ALL target
                            of the main build.

                     STEP_TARGETS <step-target>...
                            Generate custom targets for the specified steps. This is required if the steps  need
                            to  be  triggered  manually  or  if  they  need  to be used as dependencies of other
                            targets. If this option is not specified,  the  default  value  is  taken  from  the
                            EP_STEP_TARGETS directory property.  See ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets() below for
                            further discussion of the effects of this option.

                     INDEPENDENT_STEP_TARGETS <step-target>...
                            Deprecated  since version 3.19: This is allowed only if policy CMP0114 is not set to
                            NEW.

                            Generates custom targets for the specified steps  and  prevent  these  targets  from
                            having  the usual dependencies applied to them. If this option is not specified, the
                            default value is taken from the EP_INDEPENDENT_STEP_TARGETS directory property. This
                            option is mostly useful for allowing individual steps to  be  driven  independently,
                            such  as  for  a  CDash  setup  where  each  step  should  be initiated and reported
                            individually rather than as one whole build.  See  ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets()
                            below for further discussion of the effects of this option.

              Miscellaneous Options:

                     LIST_SEPARATOR <sep>
                            For  any  of  the various ..._COMMAND options, replace ; with <sep> in the specified
                            command lines. This can be useful where list variables  may  be  given  in  commands
                            where they should end up as space-separated arguments (<sep> would be a single space
                            character string in this case).

                     COMMAND <cmd>...
                            Any  of  the other ..._COMMAND options can have additional commands appended to them
                            by following them with as many COMMAND ... options as needed (generator  expressions
                            are supported). For example:

                               ExternalProject_Add(example
                                 ... # Download options, etc.
                                 BUILD_COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E echo "Starting $<CONFIG> build"
                                 COMMAND       ${CMAKE_COMMAND} --build <BINARY_DIR> --config $<CONFIG>
                                 COMMAND       ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E echo "$<CONFIG> build complete"
                               )

              It  should also be noted that each build step is created via a call to ExternalProject_Add_Step().
              See that command's documentation for the automatic  substitutions  that  are  supported  for  some
              options.

   Obtaining Project Properties
       ExternalProject_Get_Property
              The ExternalProject_Get_Property() function retrieves external project target properties:

                 ExternalProject_Get_Property(<name> <prop1> [<prop2>...])

              The  function  stores  property values in variables of the same name. Property names correspond to
              the keyword argument names of ExternalProject_Add().  For example, the source directory  might  be
              retrieved like so:

                 ExternalProject_Get_property(myExtProj SOURCE_DIR)
                 message("Source dir of myExtProj = ${SOURCE_DIR}")

   Explicit Step Management
       The  ExternalProject_Add()  function on its own is often sufficient for incorporating an external project
       into the main build. Certain scenarios require additional work to implement  desired  behavior,  such  as
       adding   in   a   custom   step   or   making  steps  available  as  manually  triggerable  targets.  The
       ExternalProject_Add_Step(),  ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets()  and  ExternalProject_Add_StepDependencies
       functions provide the lower level control needed to implement such step-level capabilities.

       ExternalProject_Add_Step
              The  ExternalProject_Add_Step()  function  specifies  an  additional  custom  step for an external
              project defined by an earlier call to ExternalProject_Add():

                 ExternalProject_Add_Step(<name> <step> [<option>...])

              <name> is the same as the name passed to the original call to ExternalProject_Add(). The specified
              <step> must not be one of the pre-defined steps (mkdir, download, update, patch, configure, build,
              install or test). The supported options are:

              COMMAND <cmd>...
                     The command line to be executed by this custom step (generator expressions are  supported).
                     This  option  can be repeated multiple times to specify multiple commands to be executed in
                     order.

              COMMENT <text>...
                     Text to be printed when the custom step executes.

              DEPENDEES <step>...
                     Other steps (custom or pre-defined) on which this step depends.

              DEPENDERS <step>...
                     Other steps (custom or pre-defined) that depend on this new custom step.

              DEPENDS <file>...
                     Files on which this custom step depends.

              INDEPENDENT <bool>
                     New in version 3.19.

                     Specifies whether this step is independent of the external dependencies  specified  by  the
                     ExternalProject_Add()'s DEPENDS option.  The default is FALSE.  Steps marked as independent
                     may depend only on other steps marked independent.  See policy CMP0114.

                     Note  that  this  use  of  the term "independent" refers only to independence from external
                     targets specified by the DEPENDS option and is orthogonal to a step's dependencies on other
                     steps.

                     If a  step  target  is  created  for  an  independent  step  by  the  ExternalProject_Add()
                     STEP_TARGETS  option  or  by  the  ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets()  function, it will not
                     depend on the external targets, but may depend on targets for other steps.

              BYPRODUCTS <file>...
                     New in version 3.2.

                     Files that will be generated by this custom step but which might or might  not  have  their
                     modification  time  updated  by  subsequent  builds.  This list of files will ultimately be
                     passed through as the BYPRODUCTS option to the add_custom_command() used to  implement  the
                     custom step internally.

              ALWAYS <bool>
                     When enabled, this option specifies that the custom step should always be run (i.e. that it
                     is always considered out of date).

              EXCLUDE_FROM_MAIN <bool>
                     When enabled, this option specifies that the external project's main target does not depend
                     on  the custom step.  This may cause step targets to be created automatically for the steps
                     on which this step depends.  See policy CMP0114.

              WORKING_DIRECTORY <dir>
                     Specifies the working directory to set before running the custom step's  command.  If  this
                     option is not specified, the directory will be the value of the CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR at
                     the point where ExternalProject_Add_Step() was called.

              LOG <bool>
                     If set, this causes the output from the custom step to be captured to files in the external
                     project's LOG_DIR if supplied or STAMP_DIR.

              USES_TERMINAL <bool>
                     If enabled, this gives the custom step direct access to the terminal if possible.

              The  command line, comment, working directory and byproducts of every standard and custom step are
              processed  to  replace  the  tokens  <SOURCE_DIR>,  <SOURCE_SUBDIR>,  <BINARY_DIR>,  <INSTALL_DIR>
              <TMP_DIR>,  <DOWNLOAD_DIR>  and <DOWNLOADED_FILE> with their corresponding property values defined
              in the original call to ExternalProject_Add().

              New in version 3.3: Token replacement is extended to byproducts.

              New in version 3.11: The <DOWNLOAD_DIR> substitution token.

       ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets
              The ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets() function generates targets for the steps listed. The name of
              each created target will be of the form <name>-<step>:

                 ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets(<name> <step1> [<step2>...])

              Creating a target for a step allows it to be used as a dependency  of  another  target  or  to  be
              triggered  manually. Having targets for specific steps also allows them to be driven independently
              of each other by specifying targets on build command lines. For example, you may be submitting  to
              a  sub-project  based  dashboard  where you want to drive the configure portion of the build, then
              submit to the dashboard, followed by the build portion, followed by tests. If you invoke a  custom
              target  that  depends  on  a step halfway through the step dependency chain, then all the previous
              steps will also run to ensure everything is up to date.

              Internally, ExternalProject_Add() calls ExternalProject_Add_Step() to create  each  step.  If  any
              STEP_TARGETS  were  specified,  then  ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets()  will also be called after
              ExternalProject_Add_Step().  Even  if  a  step  is  not  mentioned  in  the  STEP_TARGETS  option,
              ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets()  can  still  be called later to manually define a target for the
              step.

              The STEP_TARGETS option for ExternalProject_Add() is generally the easiest way to  ensure  targets
              are  created  for specific steps of interest.  For custom steps, ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets()
              must be called explicitly if a target should also be created for that custom step.  An alternative
              to these two options is to populate the EP_STEP_TARGETS directory property.  It acts as a  default
              for the step target options and can save having to repeatedly specify the same set of step targets
              when multiple external projects are being defined.

              New  in version 3.19: If CMP0114 is set to NEW, step targets are fully responsible for holding the
              custom commands implementing their steps.   The  primary  target  created  by  ExternalProject_Add
              depends  on  the  step  targets,  and  the  step  targets  depend on each other.  The target-level
              dependencies match the file-level dependencies used by the custom commands  for  each  step.   The
              targets  for  steps  created with ExternalProject_Add_Step()'s INDEPENDENT option do not depend on
              the external targets specified by ExternalProject_Add()'s DEPENDS option.   The  predefined  steps
              mkdir, download, update, and patch are independent.

              If CMP0114 is not NEW, the following deprecated behavior is available:

              • A  deprecated  NO_DEPENDS  option  may  be specified immediately after the <name> and before the
                first step.  If the NO_DEPENDS option is specified, the step  target  will  not  depend  on  the
                dependencies  of  the  external  project  (i.e.  on any dependencies of the <name> custom target
                created by ExternalProject_Add()). This is usually safe  for  the  download,  update  and  patch
                steps,  since  they  do not typically require that the dependencies are updated and built. Using
                NO_DEPENDS for any of the other pre-defined steps, however, may break parallel builds. Only  use
                NO_DEPENDS  where  it  is  certain  that the named steps genuinely do not have dependencies. For
                custom steps, consider whether or not  the  custom  commands  require  the  dependencies  to  be
                configured, built and installed.

              • The      INDEPENDENT_STEP_TARGETS      option      for     ExternalProject_Add(),     or     the
                EP_INDEPENDENT_STEP_TARGETS    directory    property,    tells    the    function    to     call
                ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets()  internally  using  the  NO_DEPENDS  option  for the specified
                steps.

       ExternalProject_Add_StepDependencies
              New in version 3.2.

              The ExternalProject_Add_StepDependencies() function can be used to add dependencies to a step. The
              dependencies added must be targets CMake already knows about (these can be ordinary executable  or
              library targets, custom targets or even step targets of another external project):

                 ExternalProject_Add_StepDependencies(<name> <step> <target1> [<target2>...])

              This  function  takes  care  to  set  both target and file level dependencies and will ensure that
              parallel builds will not break. It should be used instead of add_dependencies() whenever adding  a
              dependency for some of the step targets generated by the ExternalProject module.

   Examples
       The following example shows how to download and build a hypothetical project called FooBar from github:

          include(ExternalProject)
          ExternalProject_Add(foobar
            GIT_REPOSITORY    git@github.com:FooCo/FooBar.git
            GIT_TAG           origin/release/1.2.3
          )

       For the sake of the example, also define a second hypothetical external project called SecretSauce, which
       is  downloaded  from  a  web server. Two URLs are given to take advantage of a faster internal network if
       available, with a fallback to a slower external server. The project is a typical Makefile project with no
       configure step, so some of the default commands are overridden. The build is only required to  build  the
       sauce target:

          find_program(MAKE_EXE NAMES gmake nmake make)
          ExternalProject_Add(secretsauce
            URL               http://intranet.somecompany.com/artifacts/sauce-2.7.tgz
                              https://www.somecompany.com/downloads/sauce-2.7.zip
            URL_HASH          MD5=d41d8cd98f00b204e9800998ecf8427e
            CONFIGURE_COMMAND ""
            BUILD_COMMAND     ${MAKE_EXE} sauce
          )

       Suppose  the build step of secretsauce requires that foobar must already be built. This could be enforced
       like so:

          ExternalProject_Add_StepDependencies(secretsauce build foobar)

       Another alternative would be to create a custom target for  foobar's  build  step  and  make  secretsauce
       depend  on  that  rather than the whole foobar project. This would mean foobar only needs to be built, it
       doesn't need to run its install or test steps before secretsauce can be built. The dependency can also be
       defined along with the secretsauce project:

          ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets(foobar build)
          ExternalProject_Add(secretsauce
            URL               http://intranet.somecompany.com/artifacts/sauce-2.7.tgz
                              https://www.somecompany.com/downloads/sauce-2.7.zip
            URL_HASH          MD5=d41d8cd98f00b204e9800998ecf8427e
            CONFIGURE_COMMAND ""
            BUILD_COMMAND     ${MAKE_EXE} sauce
            DEPENDS           foobar-build
          )

       Instead of calling ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets(), the target could be defined along with  the  foobar
       project itself:

          ExternalProject_Add(foobar
            GIT_REPOSITORY git@github.com:FooCo/FooBar.git
            GIT_TAG        origin/release/1.2.3
            STEP_TARGETS   build
          )

       If  many  external projects should have the same set of step targets, setting a directory property may be
       more convenient. The build step target could be created  automatically  by  setting  the  EP_STEP_TARGETS
       directory property before creating the external projects with ExternalProject_Add():

          set_property(DIRECTORY PROPERTY EP_STEP_TARGETS build)

       Lastly,  suppose  that secretsauce provides a script called makedoc which can be used to generate its own
       documentation. Further suppose that the script expects the output directory to be provided  as  the  only
       parameter  and  that  it  should be run from the secretsauce source directory. A custom step and a custom
       target to trigger the script can be defined like so:

          ExternalProject_Add_Step(secretsauce docs
            COMMAND           <SOURCE_DIR>/makedoc <BINARY_DIR>
            WORKING_DIRECTORY <SOURCE_DIR>
            COMMENT           "Building secretsauce docs"
            ALWAYS            TRUE
            EXCLUDE_FROM_MAIN TRUE
          )
          ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets(secretsauce docs)

       The custom step could then be triggered from the main build like so:

          cmake --build . --target secretsauce-docs

   FeatureSummary
       Functions for generating a summary of enabled/disabled features.

       These functions can be used to generate a summary of enabled and disabled packages and/or feature  for  a
       build tree such as:

          -- The following OPTIONAL packages have been found:
          LibXml2 (required version >= 2.4), XML processing lib, <http://xmlsoft.org>
             * Enables HTML-import in MyWordProcessor
             * Enables odt-export in MyWordProcessor
          PNG, A PNG image library., <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/>
             * Enables saving screenshots
          -- The following OPTIONAL packages have not been found:
          Lua51, The Lua scripting language., <http://www.lua.org>
             * Enables macros in MyWordProcessor
          Foo, Foo provides cool stuff.

   Global Properties
       FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES

       The global property FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES defines the type of packages used by FeatureSummary.

       The  order in this list is important, the first package type in the list is the least important, the last
       is the most important. the of a package can only be changed to higher types.

       The default package types are , RUNTIME, OPTIONAL, RECOMMENDED and  REQUIRED,  and  their  importance  is
       RUNTIME < OPTIONAL < RECOMMENDED < REQUIRED.

       FeatureSummary_REQUIRED_PKG_TYPES

       The global property FeatureSummary_REQUIRED_PKG_TYPES defines which package types are required.

       If  one  or  more  package  in  this  categories  has  not  been  found,  CMake  will  abort when calling
       feature_summary() with the 'FATAL_ON_MISSING_REQUIRED_PACKAGES' option enabled.

       The default value for this global property is REQUIRED.

       FeatureSummary_DEFAULT_PKG_TYPE

       The global property FeatureSummary_DEFAULT_PKG_TYPE defines which package type is the default one.   When
       calling  feature_summary(),  if  the  user  did  not set the package type explicitly, the package will be
       assigned to this category.

       This value must be one of the types defined in the FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES global  property  unless  the
       package type is set for all the packages.

       The default value for this global property is OPTIONAL.

       FeatureSummary_<TYPE>_DESCRIPTION

       New in version 3.9.

       The  global  property  FeatureSummary_<TYPE>_DESCRIPTION can be defined for each type to replace the type
       name with the specified string whenever the package type is used in an output string.

       If not set, the string "<TYPE> packages" is used.

   Functions
       feature_summary

                 feature_summary( [FILENAME <file>]
                                  [APPEND]
                                  [VAR <variable_name>]
                                  [INCLUDE_QUIET_PACKAGES]
                                  [FATAL_ON_MISSING_REQUIRED_PACKAGES]
                                  [DESCRIPTION "<description>" | DEFAULT_DESCRIPTION]
                                  [QUIET_ON_EMPTY]
                                  WHAT (ALL
                                       | PACKAGES_FOUND | PACKAGES_NOT_FOUND
                                       | <TYPE>_PACKAGES_FOUND | <TYPE>_PACKAGES_NOT_FOUND
                                       | ENABLED_FEATURES | DISABLED_FEATURES)
                                )

              The feature_summary() macro can be used to print information about enabled or disabled packages or
              features of a project.  By default, only the names of the features/packages will  be  printed  and
              their  required  version  when one was specified.  Use set_package_properties() to add more useful
              information, like e.g.  a download URL for the respective package or their purpose in the project.

              The WHAT option is the only mandatory option.  Here you specify what information will be printed:

              ALL    print everything

              ENABLED_FEATURES
                     the list of all features which are enabled

              DISABLED_FEATURES
                     the list of all features which are disabled

              PACKAGES_FOUND
                     the list of all packages which have been found

              PACKAGES_NOT_FOUND
                     the list of all packages which have not been found

              For each package  type  <TYPE>  defined  by  the  FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES  global  property,  the
              following information can also be used:

              <TYPE>_PACKAGES_FOUND
                     only those packages which have been found which have the type <TYPE>

              <TYPE>_PACKAGES_NOT_FOUND
                     only those packages which have not been found which have the type <TYPE>

              Changed in version 3.1: With the exception of the ALL value, these values can be combined in order
              to customize the output. For example:

                 feature_summary(WHAT ENABLED_FEATURES DISABLED_FEATURES)

              If  a  FILENAME  is  given,  the  information is printed into this file.  If APPEND is used, it is
              appended to this file, otherwise the file is overwritten if it already existed.  If the VAR option
              is used, the information is "printed" into the specified variable.  If FILENAME is not  used,  the
              information  is  printed  to the terminal.  Using the DESCRIPTION option a description or headline
              can be set which will be printed above the actual content.   If  only  one  type  of  package  was
              requested,  no  title  is  printed,  unless it is explicitly set using either DESCRIPTION to use a
              custom string, or DEFAULT_DESCRIPTION  to  use  a  default  title  for  the  requested  type.   If
              INCLUDE_QUIET_PACKAGES  is  given,  packages which have been searched with find_package(... QUIET)
              will also be listed. By default they are skipped.  If FATAL_ON_MISSING_REQUIRED_PACKAGES is given,
              CMake will abort if a package which  is  marked  as  one  of  the  package  types  listed  in  the
              FeatureSummary_REQUIRED_PKG_TYPES  global  property has not been found.  The default value for the
              FeatureSummary_REQUIRED_PKG_TYPES global property is REQUIRED.

              New in version 3.9: The DEFAULT_DESCRIPTION option.

              The FeatureSummary_DEFAULT_PKG_TYPE global property can be modified to change the default  package
              type assigned when not explicitly assigned by the user.

              New  in  version  3.8:  If  the  QUIET_ON_EMPTY  option  is  used, if only one type of package was
              requested, and no packages belonging to that category were found, then no  output  (including  the
              DESCRIPTION) is printed or added to the VAR variable.

              Example 1, append everything to a file:

                 include(FeatureSummary)
                 feature_summary(WHAT ALL
                                 FILENAME ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/all.log APPEND)

              Example  2,  print  the  enabled  features  into the variable enabledFeaturesText, including QUIET
              packages:

                 include(FeatureSummary)
                 feature_summary(WHAT ENABLED_FEATURES
                                 INCLUDE_QUIET_PACKAGES
                                 DESCRIPTION "Enabled Features:"
                                 VAR enabledFeaturesText)
                 message(STATUS "${enabledFeaturesText}")

              Example 3, change default package types and print only the categories that are not empty:

                 include(FeatureSummary)
                 set_property(GLOBAL APPEND PROPERTY FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES BUILD)
                 find_package(FOO)
                 set_package_properties(FOO PROPERTIES TYPE BUILD)
                 feature_summary(WHAT BUILD_PACKAGES_FOUND
                                 Description "Build tools found:"
                                 QUIET_ON_EMPTY)
                 feature_summary(WHAT BUILD_PACKAGES_NOT_FOUND
                                 Description "Build tools not found:"
                                 QUIET_ON_EMPTY)

       set_package_properties

                 set_package_properties(<name> PROPERTIES
                                        [ URL <url> ]
                                        [ DESCRIPTION <description> ]
                                        [ TYPE (RUNTIME|OPTIONAL|RECOMMENDED|REQUIRED) ]
                                        [ PURPOSE <purpose> ]
                                       )

              Use this macro to set up information about the named package, which  can  then  be  displayed  via
              FEATURE_SUMMARY().   This  can  be done either directly in the Find-module or in the project which
              uses the module after the find_package() call.  The features for which information can be set  are
              added automatically by the find_package() command.

              URL <url>
                     This  should  be  the  homepage  of the package, or something similar.  Ideally this is set
                     already directly in the Find-module.

              DESCRIPTION <description>
                     A short description what that package is, at  most  one  sentence.   Ideally  this  is  set
                     already directly in the Find-module.

              TYPE <type>
                     What  type  of  dependency has the using project on that package.  Default is OPTIONAL.  In
                     this case it is a package which can be used by the project when available at buildtime, but
                     it also work without.  RECOMMENDED is similar to OPTIONAL, i.e.  the project will build  if
                     the  package  is  not  present,  but  the  functionality  of the resulting binaries will be
                     severely limited.  If a REQUIRED package is not available at buildtime, the project may not
                     even build.  This can be combined with the FATAL_ON_MISSING_REQUIRED_PACKAGES argument  for
                     feature_summary().   Last, a RUNTIME package is a package which is actually not used at all
                     during the build, but which is required for actually running the resulting binaries.  So if
                     such a package is missing, the project can still be built, but it may not  work  later  on.
                     If  set_package_properties()  is  called multiple times for the same package with different
                     TYPEs, the TYPE is only changed to  higher  TYPEs  (RUNTIME  <  OPTIONAL  <  RECOMMENDED  <
                     REQUIRED), lower TYPEs are ignored.  The TYPE property is project-specific, so it cannot be
                     set  by  the  Find-module, but must be set in the project.  Type accepted can be changed by
                     setting the FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES global property.

              PURPOSE <purpose>
                     This describes which features this package enables in the project, i.e.  it tells the  user
                     what  functionality  he  gets  in  the  resulting binaries.  If set_package_properties() is
                     called multiple times for a package, all PURPOSE properties  are  appended  to  a  list  of
                     purposes of the package in the project.  As the TYPE property, also the PURPOSE property is
                     project-specific, so it cannot be set by the Find-module, but must be set in the project.

              Example for setting the info for a package:

                 find_package(LibXml2)
                 set_package_properties(LibXml2 PROPERTIES
                                        DESCRIPTION "A XML processing library."
                                        URL "http://xmlsoft.org/")
                 # or
                 set_package_properties(LibXml2 PROPERTIES
                                        TYPE RECOMMENDED
                                        PURPOSE "Enables HTML-import in MyWordProcessor")
                 # or
                 set_package_properties(LibXml2 PROPERTIES
                                        TYPE OPTIONAL
                                        PURPOSE "Enables odt-export in MyWordProcessor")

                 find_package(DBUS)
                 set_package_properties(DBUS PROPERTIES
                   TYPE RUNTIME
                   PURPOSE "Necessary to disable the screensaver during a presentation")

       add_feature_info

                 add_feature_info(<name> <enabled> <description>)

              Use  this  macro  to  add  information  about a feature with the given <name>.  <enabled> contains
              whether this feature is  enabled  or  not.  It  can  be  a  variable  or  a  list  of  conditions.
              <description>  is  a  text  describing  the  feature.   The  information  can  be  displayed using
              feature_summary() for ENABLED_FEATURES and DISABLED_FEATURES respectively.

              Changed in version 3.8: <enabled> can be a list of conditions.

              Example for setting the info for a feature:

                 option(WITH_FOO "Help for foo" ON)
                 add_feature_info(Foo WITH_FOO "The Foo feature provides very cool stuff.")

   Legacy Macros
       The following macros are provided for compatibility with previous CMake versions:

       set_package_info

                 set_package_info(<name> <description> [ <url> [<purpose>] ])

              Use this macro to set up information about the named package, which  can  then  be  displayed  via
              feature_summary().   This  can  be done either directly in the Find-module or in the project which
              uses the module after the find_package() call.  The features for which information can be set  are
              added automatically by the find_package() command.

       set_feature_info

                 set_feature_info(<name> <description> [<url>])

              Does the same as:

                 set_package_info(<name> <description> <url>)

       print_enabled_features

                 print_enabled_features()

              Does the same as

                 feature_summary(WHAT ENABLED_FEATURES DESCRIPTION "Enabled features:")

       print_disabled_features

                 print_disabled_features()

              Does the same as

                 feature_summary(WHAT DISABLED_FEATURES DESCRIPTION "Disabled features:")

   FetchContent
       New in version 3.11.

   Overview
       This  module enables populating content at configure time via any method supported by the ExternalProject
       module.  Whereas ExternalProject_Add() downloads at build time, the  FetchContent  module  makes  content
       available   immediately,   allowing   the   configure   step   to   use  the  content  in  commands  like
       add_subdirectory(), include() or file() operations.

       Content population details should be defined  separately  from  the  command  that  performs  the  actual
       population.   This  separation  ensures that all the dependency details are defined before anything might
       try to use them to populate content.  This is particularly important in more complex project  hierarchies
       where dependencies may be shared between multiple projects.

       The  following  shows  a  typical  example  of  declaring  content details for some dependencies and then
       ensuring they are populated with a separate call:

          FetchContent_Declare(
            googletest
            GIT_REPOSITORY https://github.com/google/googletest.git
            GIT_TAG        703bd9caab50b139428cea1aaff9974ebee5742e # release-1.10.0
          )
          FetchContent_Declare(
            myCompanyIcons
            URL      https://intranet.mycompany.com/assets/iconset_1.12.tar.gz
            URL_HASH MD5=5588a7b18261c20068beabfb4f530b87
          )

          FetchContent_MakeAvailable(googletest secret_sauce)

       The FetchContent_MakeAvailable() command ensures the named dependencies have been populated, either by an
       earlier call or by populating them itself.  When performing the population, it will also add them to  the
       main  build,  if  possible, so that the main build can use the populated projects' targets, etc.  See the
       command's documentation for how these steps are performed.

       When using a hierarchical project arrangement, projects at higher levels in the  hierarchy  are  able  to
       override  the  declared  details of content specified anywhere lower in the project hierarchy.  The first
       details to be declared for a given dependency  take  precedence,  regardless  of  where  in  the  project
       hierarchy  that  occurs.   Similarly,  the  first  call  that tries to populate a dependency "wins", with
       subsequent populations reusing the result of the first instead of repeating the  population  again.   See
       the Examples which demonstrate this scenario.

       In  some  cases, the main project may need to have more precise control over the population, or it may be
       required to explicitly define the population steps in a way that  cannot  be  captured  by  the  declared
       details    alone.     For   such   situations,   the   lower   level   FetchContent_GetProperties()   and
       FetchContent_Populate()  commands  can  be  used.   These  lack   the   richer   features   provided   by
       FetchContent_MakeAvailable() though, so their direct use should be considered a last resort.  The typical
       pattern of such custom steps looks like this:

          # NOTE: Where possible, prefer to use FetchContent_MakeAvailable()
          #       instead of custom logic like this

          # Check if population has already been performed
          FetchContent_GetProperties(depname)
          if(NOT depname_POPULATED)
            # Fetch the content using previously declared details
            FetchContent_Populate(depname)

            # Set custom variables, policies, etc.
            # ...

            # Bring the populated content into the build
            add_subdirectory(${depname_SOURCE_DIR} ${depname_BINARY_DIR})
          endif()

       The FetchContent module also supports defining and populating content in a single call, with no check for
       whether  the  content has been populated elsewhere already.  This should not be done in projects, but may
       be appropriate for populating content in CMake's script mode.  See FetchContent_Populate() for details.

   Commands
       FetchContent_Declare

                 FetchContent_Declare(<name> <contentOptions>...)

              The FetchContent_Declare() function  records  the  options  that  describe  how  to  populate  the
              specified content.  If such details have already been recorded earlier in this project (regardless
              of  where  in  the  project  hierarchy),  this and all later calls for the same content <name> are
              ignored.  This "first to record, wins" approach is  what  allows  hierarchical  projects  to  have
              parent projects override content details of child projects.

              The  content  <name>  can  be  any  string  without spaces, but good practice would be to use only
              letters, numbers and underscores.  The name will be treated case-insensitively and  it  should  be
              obvious  for  the  content  it  represents, often being the name of the child project or the value
              given to its top level project() command (if it  is  a  CMake  project).   For  well-known  public
              projects, the name should generally be the official name of the project.  Choosing an unusual name
              makes it unlikely that other projects needing that same content will use the same name, leading to
              the content being populated multiple times.

              The   <contentOptions>   can   be   any  of  the  download,  update  or  patch  options  that  the
              ExternalProject_Add() command understands.  The configure,  build,  install  and  test  steps  are
              explicitly  disabled  and  therefore  options  related to them will be ignored.  The SOURCE_SUBDIR
              option is an exception, see FetchContent_MakeAvailable() for details on how that affects behavior.

              In most cases, <contentOptions> will just be a couple of options defining the download method  and
              method-specific details like a commit tag or archive hash.  For example:

                 FetchContent_Declare(
                   googletest
                   GIT_REPOSITORY https://github.com/google/googletest.git
                   GIT_TAG        703bd9caab50b139428cea1aaff9974ebee5742e # release-1.10.0
                 )

                 FetchContent_Declare(
                   myCompanyIcons
                   URL      https://intranet.mycompany.com/assets/iconset_1.12.tar.gz
                   URL_HASH MD5=5588a7b18261c20068beabfb4f530b87
                 )

                 FetchContent_Declare(
                   myCompanyCertificates
                   SVN_REPOSITORY svn+ssh://svn.mycompany.com/srv/svn/trunk/certs
                   SVN_REVISION   -r12345
                 )

              Where  contents are being fetched from a remote location and you do not control that server, it is
              advisable to use a hash for GIT_TAG rather than a branch or tag  name.   A  commit  hash  is  more
              secure and helps to confirm that the downloaded contents are what you expected.

              Changed in version 3.14: Commands for the download, update or patch steps can access the terminal.
              This may be needed for things like password prompts or real-time display of command progress.

              New  in  version  3.22:  The  CMAKE_TLS_VERIFY, CMAKE_TLS_CAINFO, CMAKE_NETRC and CMAKE_NETRC_FILE
              variables now provide the defaults for their corresponding content options, just like they do  for
              ExternalProject_Add(). Previously, these variables were ignored by the FetchContent module.

       FetchContent_MakeAvailable
              New in version 3.14.

                 FetchContent_MakeAvailable(<name1> [<name2>...])

              This  command  ensures  that each of the named dependencies are populated and potentially added to
              the build by the time it returns.  It iterates  over  the  list,  and  for  each  dependency,  the
              following logic is applied:

              • If   the   dependency   has   already   been   populated   earlier   in   this   run,   set  the
                <lowercaseName>_POPULATED, <lowercaseName>_SOURCE_DIR and  <lowercaseName>_BINARY_DIR  variables
                in  the  same way as a call to FetchContent_GetProperties(), then skip the remaining steps below
                and move on to the next dependency in the list.

              • Call FetchContent_Populate() to populate the dependency using the details recorded by an earlier
                call to FetchContent_Declare().  Halt with a fatal error if no such details have been  recorded.
                FETCHCONTENT_SOURCE_DIR_<uppercaseName>  can  be  used  to override the declared details and use
                content provided at the specified location instead.

              • If  the  top  directory  of  the  populated  content  contains  a  CMakeLists.txt   file,   call
                add_subdirectory()  to  add  it  to  the  main  build.   It  is  not an error for there to be no
                CMakeLists.txt file, which allows the command to be used for dependencies that  make  downloaded
                content  available at a known location, but which do not need or support being added directly to
                the build.

                New in version 3.18: The SOURCE_SUBDIR option can be given  in  the  declared  details  to  look
                somewhere  below  the top directory instead (i.e. the same way that SOURCE_SUBDIR is used by the
                ExternalProject_Add() command).  The path provided with SOURCE_SUBDIR must be relative and  will
                be  treated  as  relative  to the top directory.  It can also point to a directory that does not
                contain a CMakeLists.txt file or even to a directory that doesn't exist.  This can  be  used  to
                avoid adding a project that contains a CMakeLists.txt file in its top directory.

              Projects  should  aim  to  declare the details of all dependencies they might use before they call
              FetchContent_MakeAvailable() for any of them.  This ensures that if any of  the  dependencies  are
              also  sub-dependencies  of  one or more of the others, the main project still controls the details
              that will be used (because it will declare them first before the dependencies get  a  chance  to).
              In the following code samples, assume that the uses_other dependency also uses FetchContent to add
              the other dependency internally:

                 # WRONG: Should declare all details first
                 FetchContent_Declare(uses_other ...)
                 FetchContent_MakeAvailable(uses_other)

                 FetchContent_Declare(other ...)    # Will be ignored, uses_other beat us to it
                 FetchContent_MakeAvailable(other)  # Would use details declared by uses_other

                 # CORRECT: All details declared first, so they will take priority
                 FetchContent_Declare(uses_other ...)
                 FetchContent_Declare(other ...)
                 FetchContent_MakeAvailable(uses_other other)

       FetchContent_Populate
              NOTE:
                 Where  possible,  prefer to use FetchContent_MakeAvailable() instead of implementing population
                 manually with this command.

                 FetchContent_Populate(<name>)

              In most cases, the only argument given to FetchContent_Populate() is the <name>.  When  used  this
              way,  the  command  assumes  the  content  details  have  been  recorded  by  an  earlier  call to
              FetchContent_Declare().  The details are stored in a global property, so they  are  unaffected  by
              things  like  variable  or directory scope.  Therefore, it doesn't matter where in the project the
              details were previously declared,  as  long  as  they  have  been  declared  before  the  call  to
              FetchContent_Populate().    Those   saved   details   are   then  used  to  construct  a  call  to
              ExternalProject_Add() in a private sub-build to perform the content population  immediately.   The
              implementation  of ExternalProject_Add() ensures that if the content has already been populated in
              a previous CMake run, that content will be reused rather than repopulating them  again.   For  the
              common  case  where population involves downloading content, the cost of the download is only paid
              once.

              An internal global property  records  when  a  particular  content  population  request  has  been
              processed.  If FetchContent_Populate() is called more than once for the same content name within a
              configure  run,  the  second  call will halt with an error.  Projects can and should check whether
              content population has already been processed with the FetchContent_GetProperties() command before
              calling FetchContent_Populate().

              FetchContent_Populate() will set three variables in the scope of the caller:

              <lowercaseName>_POPULATED
                     This will always be set to TRUE by the call.

              <lowercaseName>_SOURCE_DIR
                     The location where the populated content can be found upon return.

              <lowercaseName>_BINARY_DIR
                     A directory intended for use as a corresponding build directory.

              The main use case for the <lowercaseName>_SOURCE_DIR and <lowercaseName>_BINARY_DIR  variables  is
              to call add_subdirectory() immediately after population:

                 FetchContent_Populate(FooBar)
                 add_subdirectory(${foobar_SOURCE_DIR} ${foobar_BINARY_DIR})

              The  values  of  the  three variables can also be retrieved from anywhere in the project hierarchy
              using the FetchContent_GetProperties() command.

              The FetchContent_Populate() command also supports a syntax allowing  the  content  details  to  be
              specified  directly  rather  than using any saved details.  This is more low-level and use of this
              form is generally to be avoided in favor  of  using  saved  content  details  as  outlined  above.
              Nevertheless,  in  certain  situations  it  can  be  useful to invoke the content population as an
              isolated operation (typically as part of implementing some other  higher  level  feature  or  when
              using CMake in script mode):

                 FetchContent_Populate(
                   <name>
                   [QUIET]
                   [SUBBUILD_DIR <subBuildDir>]
                   [SOURCE_DIR <srcDir>]
                   [BINARY_DIR <binDir>]
                   ...
                 )

              This form has a number of key differences to that where only <name> is provided:

              • All  required  population  details  are  assumed  to  have been provided directly in the call to
                FetchContent_Populate(). Any saved details for <name> are ignored.

              • No check is made for whether content for <name> has already been populated.

              • No global property is set to record that the population has occurred.

              • No global properties record the source or binary directories used for the populated content.

              • The FETCHCONTENT_FULLY_DISCONNECTED and FETCHCONTENT_UPDATES_DISCONNECTED  cache  variables  are
                ignored.

              The  <lowercaseName>_SOURCE_DIR and <lowercaseName>_BINARY_DIR variables are still returned to the
              caller, but since these locations are not stored as global properties when this form is used, they
              are only available to the calling scope and below rather than the entire  project  hierarchy.   No
              <lowercaseName>_POPULATED variable is set in the caller's scope with this form.

              The    supported    options    for   FetchContent_Populate()   are   the   same   as   those   for
              FetchContent_Declare().   Those  few  options  shown   just   above   are   either   specific   to
              FetchContent_Populate()  or  their  behavior  is  slightly modified from how ExternalProject_Add()
              treats them:

              QUIET  The QUIET option can be given to hide the output associated with populating  the  specified
                     content.   If  the  population  fails,  the output will be shown regardless of whether this
                     option was given or not so that the cause of the failure  can  be  diagnosed.   The  global
                     FETCHCONTENT_QUIET  cache variable has no effect on FetchContent_Populate() calls where the
                     content details are provided directly.

              SUBBUILD_DIR
                     The SUBBUILD_DIR argument can be provided to change the location of the  sub-build  created
                     to        perform       the       population.        The       default       value       is
                     ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/<lowercaseName>-subbuild and it would be  unusual  to  need  to
                     override this default.  If a relative path is specified, it will be interpreted as relative
                     to  CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR.   This  option  should not be confused with the SOURCE_SUBDIR
                     option which only affects the FetchContent_MakeAvailable() command.

              SOURCE_DIR, BINARY_DIR
                     The SOURCE_DIR  and  BINARY_DIR  arguments  are  supported  by  ExternalProject_Add(),  but
                     different  default  values  are  used  by  FetchContent_Populate().  SOURCE_DIR defaults to
                     ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/<lowercaseName>-src     and     BINARY_DIR     defaults      to
                     ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/<lowercaseName>-build.   If  a  relative  path is specified, it
                     will be interpreted as relative to CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR.

              In addition to the above explicit options, any  other  unrecognized  options  are  passed  through
              unmodified  to  ExternalProject_Add()  to  perform  the  download,  patch  and  update steps.  The
              following options are explicitly prohibited (they  are  disabled  by  the  FetchContent_Populate()
              command):

              • CONFIGURE_COMMANDBUILD_COMMANDINSTALL_COMMANDTEST_COMMAND

              If using FetchContent_Populate() within CMake's script mode, be aware that the implementation sets
              up a sub-build which therefore requires a CMake generator and build tool to be available. If these
              cannot be found by default, then the CMAKE_GENERATOR and/or CMAKE_MAKE_PROGRAM variables will need
              to be set appropriately on the command line invoking the script.

              New in version 3.18: Added support for the DOWNLOAD_NO_EXTRACT option.

       FetchContent_GetProperties
              When    using    saved    content    details,    a   call   to   FetchContent_MakeAvailable()   or
              FetchContent_Populate() records information in global properties which can be queried at any time.
              This information includes the source and binary directories associated with the content  and  also
              whether or not the content population has been processed during the current configure run.

                 FetchContent_GetProperties(
                   <name>
                   [SOURCE_DIR <srcDirVar>]
                   [BINARY_DIR <binDirVar>]
                   [POPULATED <doneVar>]
                 )

              The SOURCE_DIR, BINARY_DIR and POPULATED options can be used to specify which properties should be
              retrieved.   Each  option accepts a value which is the name of the variable in which to store that
              property.  Most of the time though, only <name> is given, in which case the call will then set the
              same variables as a call to FetchContent_MakeAvailable(name) or FetchContent_Populate(name).

              This command is rarely needed when using FetchContent_MakeAvailable().  It is more  commonly  used
              as part of implementing the following pattern with FetchContent_Populate(), which ensures that the
              relevant  variables  will  always  be defined regardless of whether or not the population has been
              performed elsewhere in the project already:

                 # Check if population has already been performed
                 FetchContent_GetProperties(depname)
                 if(NOT depname_POPULATED)
                   # Fetch the content using previously declared details
                   FetchContent_Populate(depname)

                   # Set custom variables, policies, etc.
                   # ...

                   # Bring the populated content into the build
                   add_subdirectory(${depname_SOURCE_DIR} ${depname_BINARY_DIR})
                 endif()

   Variables
       A number of cache variables can influence the behavior where details from a  FetchContent_Declare()  call
       are used to populate content.  The variables are all intended for the developer to customize behavior and
       should not normally be set by the project.

       FETCHCONTENT_BASE_DIR
              In most cases, the saved details do not specify any options relating to the directories to use for
              the  internal  sub-build,  final  source  and  build  areas.   It is generally best to leave these
              decisions  up  to  the  FetchContent  module   to   handle   on   the   project's   behalf.    The
              FETCHCONTENT_BASE_DIR  cache  variable  controls  the  point  under  which  all content population
              directories are collected, but in most cases, developers would  not  need  to  change  this.   The
              default  location  is  ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/_deps, but if developers change this value, they should
              aim to keep the path short and just below the top level of the build tree to  avoid  running  into
              path length problems on Windows.

       FETCHCONTENT_QUIET
              The logging output during population can be quite verbose, making the configure stage quite noisy.
              This  cache option (ON by default) hides all population output unless an error is encountered.  If
              experiencing problems with hung downloads, temporarily switching this option off may help diagnose
              which content population is causing the issue.

       FETCHCONTENT_FULLY_DISCONNECTED
              When this option is enabled, no attempt is made to download or update any content.  It is  assumed
              that  all content has already been populated in a previous run or the source directories have been
              pointed at existing contents the developer has provided manually (using options described  further
              below).   When  the developer knows that no changes have been made to any content details, turning
              this option ON can significantly speed up the configure stage.  It is OFF by default.

       FETCHCONTENT_UPDATES_DISCONNECTED
              This is  a  less  severe  download/update  control  compared  to  FETCHCONTENT_FULLY_DISCONNECTED.
              Instead  of  bypassing  all  download  and  update  logic,  FETCHCONTENT_UPDATES_DISCONNECTED only
              disables the update stage.  Therefore, if content has not  been  downloaded  previously,  it  will
              still  be  downloaded when this option is enabled.  This can speed up the configure stage, but not
              as much as FETCHCONTENT_FULLY_DISCONNECTED.  It is OFF by default.

       In addition to the above cache variables, the following cache variables are also defined for each content
       name:

       FETCHCONTENT_SOURCE_DIR_<uppercaseName>
              If this is set, no download or update steps are  performed  for  the  specified  content  and  the
              <lowercaseName>_SOURCE_DIR  variable  returned  to  the  caller is pointed at this location.  This
              gives developers a way to have a separate checkout of the content  that  they  can  modify  freely
              without  interference  from  the  build.  The build simply uses that existing source, but it still
              defines <lowercaseName>_BINARY_DIR to point inside its own build area.   Developers  are  strongly
              encouraged  to  use  this  mechanism  rather  than  editing  the  sources populated in the default
              location, as changes to sources in the default  location  can  be  lost  when  content  population
              details are changed by the project.

       FETCHCONTENT_UPDATES_DISCONNECTED_<uppercaseName>
              This  is the per-content equivalent of FETCHCONTENT_UPDATES_DISCONNECTED.  If the global option or
              this option is ON, then updates will be disabled for the named  content.   Disabling  updates  for
              individual  content  can  be  useful  for content whose details rarely change, while still leaving
              other frequently changing content with updates enabled.

   Examples
       This first fairly straightforward example ensures that some popular testing frameworks are  available  to
       the main build:

          include(FetchContent)
          FetchContent_Declare(
            googletest
            GIT_REPOSITORY https://github.com/google/googletest.git
            GIT_TAG        703bd9caab50b139428cea1aaff9974ebee5742e # release-1.10.0
          )
          FetchContent_Declare(
            Catch2
            GIT_REPOSITORY https://github.com/catchorg/Catch2.git
            GIT_TAG        de6fe184a9ac1a06895cdd1c9b437f0a0bdf14ad # v2.13.4
          )

          # After the following call, the CMake targets defined by googletest and
          # Catch2 will be available to the rest of the build
          FetchContent_MakeAvailable(googletest Catch2)

       If  the  sub-project's  CMakeLists.txt file is not at the top level of its source tree, the SOURCE_SUBDIR
       option can be used to tell FetchContent where to find it.  The following example shows how  to  use  that
       option  and it also sets a variable which is meaningful to the subproject before pulling it into the main
       build:

          include(FetchContent)
          FetchContent_Declare(
            protobuf
            GIT_REPOSITORY https://github.com/protocolbuffers/protobuf.git
            GIT_TAG        ae50d9b9902526efd6c7a1907d09739f959c6297 # v3.15.0
            SOURCE_SUBDIR  cmake
          )
          set(protobuf_BUILD_TESTS OFF)
          FetchContent_MakeAvailable(protobuf)

       In more complex project hierarchies, the dependency relationships can be more  complicated.   Consider  a
       hierarchy where projA is the top level project and it depends directly on projects projB and projC.  Both
       projB  and  projC  can  be  built  standalone  and they also both depend on another project projD.  projB
       additionally depends on projE.  This example assumes that all five projects are available  on  a  company
       git server.  The CMakeLists.txt of each project might have sections like the following:

       projA:

          include(FetchContent)
          FetchContent_Declare(
            projB
            GIT_REPOSITORY git@mycompany.com:git/projB.git
            GIT_TAG        4a89dc7e24ff212a7b5167bef7ab079d
          )
          FetchContent_Declare(
            projC
            GIT_REPOSITORY git@mycompany.com:git/projC.git
            GIT_TAG        4ad4016bd1d8d5412d135cf8ceea1bb9
          )
          FetchContent_Declare(
            projD
            GIT_REPOSITORY git@mycompany.com:git/projD.git
            GIT_TAG        origin/integrationBranch
          )
          FetchContent_Declare(
            projE
            GIT_REPOSITORY git@mycompany.com:git/projE.git
            GIT_TAG        v2.3-rc1
          )

          # Order is important, see notes in the discussion further below
          FetchContent_MakeAvailable(projD projB projC)

       projB:

          include(FetchContent)
          FetchContent_Declare(
            projD
            GIT_REPOSITORY git@mycompany.com:git/projD.git
            GIT_TAG        20b415f9034bbd2a2e8216e9a5c9e632
          )
          FetchContent_Declare(
            projE
            GIT_REPOSITORY git@mycompany.com:git/projE.git
            GIT_TAG        68e20f674a48be38d60e129f600faf7d
          )

          FetchContent_MakeAvailable(projD projE)

       projC:

          include(FetchContent)
          FetchContent_Declare(
            projD
            GIT_REPOSITORY git@mycompany.com:git/projD.git
            GIT_TAG        7d9a17ad2c962aa13e2fbb8043fb6b8a
          )

          # This particular version of projD requires workarounds
          FetchContent_GetProperties(projD)
          if(NOT projd_POPULATED)
            FetchContent_Populate(projD)

            # Copy an additional/replacement file into the populated source
            file(COPY someFile.c DESTINATION ${projd_SOURCE_DIR}/src)

            add_subdirectory(${projd_SOURCE_DIR} ${projd_BINARY_DIR})
          endif()

       A few key points should be noted in the above:

       • projB  and  projC  define  different content details for projD, but projA also defines a set of content
         details for projD.  Because projA will define them first, the details from projB and projC will not  be
         used.   The  override  details defined by projA are not required to match either of those from projB or
         projC, but it is up to the higher level project to ensure that the details it does  define  still  make
         sense for the child projects.

       • In  the  projA call to FetchContent_MakeAvailable(), projD is listed ahead of projB and projC to ensure
         that projA is in control of how projD is populated.

       • While  projA  defines  content  details  for   projE,   it   does   not   need   to   explicitly   call
         FetchContent_MakeAvailable(projE)  or  FetchContent_Populate(projD) itself.  Instead, it leaves that to
         the child projB.  For higher level projects, it is often enough to just  define  the  override  content
         details  and leave the actual population to the child projects.  This saves repeating the same thing at
         each level of the project hierarchy unnecessarily.

       Projects don't always need to add the populated content to the build.  Sometimes the project  just  wants
       to  make the downloaded content available at a predictable location.  The next example ensures that a set
       of standard company toolchain files (and potentially even the toolchain binaries themselves) is available
       early enough to be used for that same build.

          cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 3.14)

          include(FetchContent)
          FetchContent_Declare(
            mycom_toolchains
            URL  https://intranet.mycompany.com//toolchains_1.3.2.tar.gz
          )
          FetchContent_MakeAvailable(mycom_toolchains)

          project(CrossCompileExample)

       The project could be configured to use one of the downloaded toolchains like so:

          cmake -DCMAKE_TOOLCHAIN_FILE=_deps/mycom_toolchains-src/toolchain_arm.cmake /path/to/src

       When  CMake  processes  the  CMakeLists.txt  file,  it  will  download  and  unpack  the   tarball   into
       _deps/mycompany_toolchains-src relative to the build directory.  The CMAKE_TOOLCHAIN_FILE variable is not
       used  until  the  project()  command  is reached, at which point CMake looks for the named toolchain file
       relative to the build directory.  Because the tarball has already been downloaded and unpacked  by  then,
       the toolchain file will be in place, even the very first time that cmake is run in the build directory.

       Lastly,  the  following  example  demonstrates how one might download and unpack a firmware tarball using
       CMake's script mode.  The call to FetchContent_Populate() specifies  all  the  content  details  and  the
       unpacked firmware will be placed in a firmware directory below the current working directory.

       getFirmware.cmake:

          # NOTE: Intended to be run in script mode with cmake -P
          include(FetchContent)
          FetchContent_Populate(
            firmware
            URL        https://mycompany.com/assets/firmware-1.23-arm.tar.gz
            URL_HASH   MD5=68247684da89b608d466253762b0ff11
            SOURCE_DIR firmware
          )

   FindPackageHandleStandardArgs
       This    module    provides    functions    intended   to   be   used   in   Find   Modules   implementing
       find_package(<PackageName>) calls.

       find_package_handle_standard_args
              This command handles the REQUIRED, QUIET and version-related arguments of find_package().  It also
              sets the <PackageName>_FOUND variable.  The package is considered found if  all  variables  listed
              contain valid results, e.g. valid filepaths.

              There are two signatures:

                 find_package_handle_standard_args(<PackageName>
                   (DEFAULT_MSG|<custom-failure-message>)
                   <required-var>...
                   )

                 find_package_handle_standard_args(<PackageName>
                   [FOUND_VAR <result-var>]
                   [REQUIRED_VARS <required-var>...]
                   [VERSION_VAR <version-var>]
                   [HANDLE_VERSION_RANGE]
                   [HANDLE_COMPONENTS]
                   [CONFIG_MODE]
                   [NAME_MISMATCHED]
                   [REASON_FAILURE_MESSAGE <reason-failure-message>]
                   [FAIL_MESSAGE <custom-failure-message>]
                   )

              The  <PackageName>_FOUND  variable  will be set to TRUE if all the variables <required-var>... are
              valid and any optional constraints are satisfied, and  FALSE  otherwise.   A  success  or  failure
              message  may be displayed based on the results and on whether the REQUIRED and/or QUIET option was
              given to the find_package() call.

              The options are:

              (DEFAULT_MSG|<custom-failure-message>)
                     In the simple signature this specifies the failure message.  Use DEFAULT_MSG to ask  for  a
                     default message to be computed (recommended).  Not valid in the full signature.

              FOUND_VAR <result-var>
                     Deprecated since version 3.3.

                     Specifies  either  <PackageName>_FOUND or <PACKAGENAME>_FOUND as the result variable.  This
                     exists only for compatibility with older versions of CMake  and  is  now  ignored.   Result
                     variables of both names are always set for compatibility.

              REQUIRED_VARS <required-var>...
                     Specify  the  variables  which  are  required  for this package.  These may be named in the
                     generated failure message asking the user to set the missing  variable  values.   Therefore
                     these  should  typically be cache entries such as FOO_LIBRARY and not output variables like
                     FOO_LIBRARIES.

                     Changed in version 3.18: If HANDLE_COMPONENTS is specified, this option can be omitted.

              VERSION_VAR <version-var>
                     Specify the name of a variable that holds the version of the package that has  been  found.
                     This  version will be checked against the (potentially) specified required version given to
                     the find_package()  call,  including  its  EXACT  option.   The  default  messages  include
                     information  about the required version and the version which has been actually found, both
                     if the version is ok or not.

              HANDLE_VERSION_RANGE
                     New in version 3.19.

                     Enable handling of a version range, if one is specified. Without this option,  a  developer
                     warning will be displayed if a version range is specified.

              HANDLE_COMPONENTS
                     Enable  handling  of  package  components.   In  this  case,  the command will report which
                     components have been found and which are missing, and the <PackageName>_FOUND variable will
                     be set to FALSE if any of the required components (i.e.  not  the  ones  listed  after  the
                     OPTIONAL_COMPONENTS option of find_package()) are missing.

              CONFIG_MODE
                     Specify    that   the   calling   find   module   is   a   wrapper   around   a   call   to
                     find_package(<PackageName>   NO_MODULE).    This   implies   a   VERSION_VAR    value    of
                     <PackageName>_VERSION.    The   command   will  automatically  check  whether  the  package
                     configuration file was found.

              REASON_FAILURE_MESSAGE <reason-failure-message>
                     New in version 3.16.

                     Specify a custom message of the reason for the  failure  which  will  be  appended  to  the
                     default generated message.

              FAIL_MESSAGE <custom-failure-message>
                     Specify  a  custom  failure  message  instead  of using the default generated message.  Not
                     recommended.

              NAME_MISMATCHED
                     New in version 3.17.

                     Indicate that the <PackageName> does not match ${CMAKE_FIND_PACKAGE_NAME}. This is  usually
                     a  mistake  and  raises  a  warning, but it may be intentional for usage of the command for
                     components of a larger package.

       Example for the simple signature:

          find_package_handle_standard_args(LibXml2 DEFAULT_MSG
            LIBXML2_LIBRARY LIBXML2_INCLUDE_DIR)

       The LibXml2 package is considered to be found if both LIBXML2_LIBRARY and LIBXML2_INCLUDE_DIR are  valid.
       Then  also  LibXml2_FOUND  is  set  to  TRUE.   If it is not found and REQUIRED was used, it fails with a
       message(FATAL_ERROR), independent whether QUIET was used or  not.   If  it  is  found,  success  will  be
       reported,  including  the  content of the first <required-var>.  On repeated CMake runs, the same message
       will not be printed again.

       NOTE:
          If <PackageName> does not match CMAKE_FIND_PACKAGE_NAME for the calling module, a warning  that  there
          is  a  mismatch is given. The FPHSA_NAME_MISMATCHED variable may be set to bypass the warning if using
          the old signature and the NAME_MISMATCHED argument using the  new  signature.  To  avoid  forcing  the
          caller to require newer versions of CMake for usage, the variable's value will be used if defined when
          the NAME_MISMATCHED argument is not passed for the new signature (but using both is an error)..

       Example for the full signature:

          find_package_handle_standard_args(LibArchive
            REQUIRED_VARS LibArchive_LIBRARY LibArchive_INCLUDE_DIR
            VERSION_VAR LibArchive_VERSION)

       In  this  case,  the  LibArchive  package  is  considered  to  be  found  if  both LibArchive_LIBRARY and
       LibArchive_INCLUDE_DIR are valid.  Also the version of LibArchive will be checked by  using  the  version
       contained in LibArchive_VERSION.  Since no FAIL_MESSAGE is given, the default messages will be printed.

       Another example for the full signature:

          find_package(Automoc4 QUIET NO_MODULE HINTS /opt/automoc4)
          find_package_handle_standard_args(Automoc4  CONFIG_MODE)

       In  this  case,  a  FindAutmoc4.cmake module wraps a call to find_package(Automoc4 NO_MODULE) and adds an
       additional search directory for automoc4.  Then the call to find_package_handle_standard_args produces  a
       proper success/failure message.

       find_package_check_version
              New in version 3.19.

              Helper  function  which  can  be  used  to  check  if a <version> is valid against version-related
              arguments of find_package().

                 find_package_check_version(<version> <result-var>
                   [HANDLE_VERSION_RANGE]
                   [RESULT_MESSAGE_VARIABLE <message-var>]
                   )

              The <result-var> will hold a boolean value giving the result of the check.

              The options are:

              HANDLE_VERSION_RANGE
                     Enable handling of a version range, if one is specified. Without this option,  a  developer
                     warning will be displayed if a version range is specified.

              RESULT_MESSAGE_VARIABLE <message-var>
                     Specify a variable to get back a message describing the result of the check.

       Example for the usage:

          find_package_check_version(1.2.3 result HANDLE_VERSION_RANGE
            RESULT_MESSAGE_VARIABLE reason)
          if (result)
            message (STATUS "${reason}")
          else()
            message (FATAL_ERROR "${reason}")
          endif()

   FindPackageMessage
          find_package_message(<name> "message for user" "find result details")

       This  function  is  intended to be used in FindXXX.cmake modules files.  It will print a message once for
       each unique find result.  This is useful for telling the user where  a  package  was  found.   The  first
       argument  specifies the name (XXX) of the package.  The second argument specifies the message to display.
       The third argument lists details about the find result so  that  if  they  change  the  message  will  be
       displayed again.  The macro also obeys the QUIET argument to the find_package command.

       Example:

          if(X11_FOUND)
            find_package_message(X11 "Found X11: ${X11_X11_LIB}"
              "[${X11_X11_LIB}][${X11_INCLUDE_DIR}]")
          else()
           ...
          endif()

   FortranCInterface
       Fortran/C Interface Detection

       This module automatically detects the API by which C and Fortran languages interact.

   Module Variables
       Variables that indicate if the mangling is found:

       FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_FOUND
              Global subroutines and functions.

       FortranCInterface_MODULE_FOUND
              Module subroutines and functions (declared by "MODULE PROCEDURE").

       This  module also provides the following variables to specify the detected mangling, though a typical use
       case does not need to reference them and can use the Module Functions below.

       FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_PREFIX
              Prefix for a global symbol without an underscore.

       FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_SUFFIX
              Suffix for a global symbol without an underscore.

       FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_CASE
              The case for a global symbol without an underscore, either UPPER or LOWER.

       FortranCInterface_GLOBAL__PREFIX
              Prefix for a global symbol with an underscore.

       FortranCInterface_GLOBAL__SUFFIX
              Suffix for a global symbol with an underscore.

       FortranCInterface_GLOBAL__CASE
              The case for a global symbol with an underscore, either UPPER or LOWER.

       FortranCInterface_MODULE_PREFIX
              Prefix for a module symbol without an underscore.

       FortranCInterface_MODULE_MIDDLE
              Middle of a module symbol without an underscore that appears between the name of  the  module  and
              the name of the symbol.

       FortranCInterface_MODULE_SUFFIX
              Suffix for a module symbol without an underscore.

       FortranCInterface_MODULE_CASE
              The case for a module symbol without an underscore, either UPPER or LOWER.

       FortranCInterface_MODULE__PREFIX
              Prefix for a module symbol with an underscore.

       FortranCInterface_MODULE__MIDDLE
              Middle  of  a module symbol with an underscore that appears between the name of the module and the
              name of the symbol.

       FortranCInterface_MODULE__SUFFIX
              Suffix for a module symbol with an underscore.

       FortranCInterface_MODULE__CASE
              The case for a module symbol with an underscore, either UPPER or LOWER.

   Module Functions
       FortranCInterface_HEADER
              The FortranCInterface_HEADER function is provided to generate a C header file containing macros to
              mangle symbol names:

                 FortranCInterface_HEADER(<file>
                                          [MACRO_NAMESPACE <macro-ns>]
                                          [SYMBOL_NAMESPACE <ns>]
                                          [SYMBOLS [<module>:]<function> ...])

              It generates in <file> definitions of the following macros:

                 #define FortranCInterface_GLOBAL (name,NAME) ...
                 #define FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_(name,NAME) ...
                 #define FortranCInterface_MODULE (mod,name, MOD,NAME) ...
                 #define FortranCInterface_MODULE_(mod,name, MOD,NAME) ...

              These macros mangle four categories of Fortran symbols, respectively:

              • Global symbols without '_': call mysub()

              • Global symbols with '_'   : call my_sub()

              • Module symbols without '_': use mymod; call mysub()

              • Module symbols with '_'   : use mymod; call my_sub()

              If mangling for a category is not known, its macro is left  undefined.   All  macros  require  raw
              names in both lower case and upper case.

              The options are:

              MACRO_NAMESPACE
                     Replace the default FortranCInterface_ prefix with a given namespace <macro-ns>.

              SYMBOLS
                     List symbols to mangle automatically with C preprocessor definitions:

                        <function>          ==> #define <ns><function> ...
                        <module>:<function> ==> #define <ns><module>_<function> ...

                     If  the  mangling  for some symbol is not known then no preprocessor definition is created,
                     and a warning is displayed.

              SYMBOL_NAMESPACE
                     Prefix all preprocessor definitions generated by the SYMBOLS option with a given  namespace
                     <ns>.

       FortranCInterface_VERIFY
              The  FortranCInterface_VERIFY  function is provided to verify that the Fortran and C/C++ compilers
              work together:

                 FortranCInterface_VERIFY([CXX] [QUIET])

              It tests whether a simple test executable using Fortran and C (and C++  when  the  CXX  option  is
              given)   compiles   and   links   successfully.    The   result  is  stored  in  the  cache  entry
              FortranCInterface_VERIFIED_C (or FortranCInterface_VERIFIED_CXX if CXX is given) as a boolean.  If
              the check fails and QUIET is not  given  the  function  terminates  with  a  fatal  error  message
              describing  the  problem.   The  purpose  of  this check is to stop a build early for incompatible
              compiler combinations.  The test is built in the Release configuration.

   Example Usage
          include(FortranCInterface)
          FortranCInterface_HEADER(FC.h MACRO_NAMESPACE "FC_")

       This creates a "FC.h" header that defines mangling macros  FC_GLOBAL(),  FC_GLOBAL_(),  FC_MODULE(),  and
       FC_MODULE_().

          include(FortranCInterface)
          FortranCInterface_HEADER(FCMangle.h
                                   MACRO_NAMESPACE "FC_"
                                   SYMBOL_NAMESPACE "FC_"
                                   SYMBOLS mysub mymod:my_sub)

       This  creates  a "FCMangle.h" header that defines the same FC_*() mangling macros as the previous example
       plus preprocessor symbols FC_mysub and FC_mymod_my_sub.

   Additional Manglings
       FortranCInterface is aware of possible GLOBAL and MODULE manglings for many  Fortran  compilers,  but  it
       also provides an interface to specify new possible manglings.  Set the variables:

          FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS
          FortranCInterface_MODULE_SYMBOLS

       before including FortranCInterface to specify manglings of the symbols MySub, My_Sub, MyModule:MySub, and
       My_Module:My_Sub.  For example, the code:

          set(FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS mysub_ my_sub__ MYSUB_)
            #                                  ^^^^^  ^^^^^^   ^^^^^
          set(FortranCInterface_MODULE_SYMBOLS
              __mymodule_MOD_mysub __my_module_MOD_my_sub)
            #   ^^^^^^^^     ^^^^^   ^^^^^^^^^     ^^^^^^
          include(FortranCInterface)

       tells  FortranCInterface to try given GLOBAL and MODULE manglings.  (The carets point at raw symbol names
       for clarity in this example but are not needed.)

   GenerateExportHeader
       Function for generation of export macros for libraries

       This module provides the function GENERATE_EXPORT_HEADER().

       New in version 3.12: Added support for C projects.  Previous versions supported C++ project only.

       The GENERATE_EXPORT_HEADER function can be used to generate a file suitable  for  preprocessor  inclusion
       which contains EXPORT macros to be used in library classes:

          GENERATE_EXPORT_HEADER( LIBRARY_TARGET
                    [BASE_NAME <base_name>]
                    [EXPORT_MACRO_NAME <export_macro_name>]
                    [EXPORT_FILE_NAME <export_file_name>]
                    [DEPRECATED_MACRO_NAME <deprecated_macro_name>]
                    [NO_EXPORT_MACRO_NAME <no_export_macro_name>]
                    [INCLUDE_GUARD_NAME <include_guard_name>]
                    [STATIC_DEFINE <static_define>]
                    [NO_DEPRECATED_MACRO_NAME <no_deprecated_macro_name>]
                    [DEFINE_NO_DEPRECATED]
                    [PREFIX_NAME <prefix_name>]
                    [CUSTOM_CONTENT_FROM_VARIABLE <variable>]
          )

       The  target  properties  CXX_VISIBILITY_PRESET  and  VISIBILITY_INLINES_HIDDEN  can  be  used  to add the
       appropriate compile flags for targets.  See  the  documentation  of  those  target  properties,  and  the
       convenience variables CMAKE_CXX_VISIBILITY_PRESET and CMAKE_VISIBILITY_INLINES_HIDDEN.

       By  default  GENERATE_EXPORT_HEADER()  generates macro names in a file name determined by the name of the
       library.  This means that in the simplest case, users of GenerateExportHeader will be equivalent to:

          set(CMAKE_CXX_VISIBILITY_PRESET hidden)
          set(CMAKE_VISIBILITY_INLINES_HIDDEN 1)
          add_library(somelib someclass.cpp)
          generate_export_header(somelib)
          install(TARGETS somelib DESTINATION ${LIBRARY_INSTALL_DIR})
          install(FILES
           someclass.h
           ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/somelib_export.h DESTINATION ${INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR}
          )

       And in the ABI header files:

          #include "somelib_export.h"
          class SOMELIB_EXPORT SomeClass {
            ...
          };

       The CMake fragment will generate  a  file  in  the  ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}  called  somelib_export.h
       containing  the  macros  SOMELIB_EXPORT, SOMELIB_NO_EXPORT, SOMELIB_DEPRECATED, SOMELIB_DEPRECATED_EXPORT
       and SOMELIB_DEPRECATED_NO_EXPORT.  They will be followed by content taken from the variable specified  by
       the  CUSTOM_CONTENT_FROM_VARIABLE  option,  if  any.   The  resulting file should be installed with other
       headers in the library.

       The BASE_NAME argument can be used to override the file name and the names used for the macros:

          add_library(somelib someclass.cpp)
          generate_export_header(somelib
            BASE_NAME other_name
          )

       Generates a file called other_name_export.h containing the macros OTHER_NAME_EXPORT, OTHER_NAME_NO_EXPORT
       and OTHER_NAME_DEPRECATED etc.

       The BASE_NAME may be overridden by specifying other options in the function.  For example:

          add_library(somelib someclass.cpp)
          generate_export_header(somelib
            EXPORT_MACRO_NAME OTHER_NAME_EXPORT
          )

       creates the macro OTHER_NAME_EXPORT instead of SOMELIB_EXPORT, but other macros and  the  generated  file
       name is as default:

          add_library(somelib someclass.cpp)
          generate_export_header(somelib
            DEPRECATED_MACRO_NAME KDE_DEPRECATED
          )

       creates the macro KDE_DEPRECATED instead of SOMELIB_DEPRECATED.

       If LIBRARY_TARGET is a static library, macros are defined without values.

       If  the  same  sources  are  used  to  create  both  a shared and a static library, the uppercased symbol
       ${BASE_NAME}_STATIC_DEFINE should be used when building the static library:

          add_library(shared_variant SHARED ${lib_SRCS})
          add_library(static_variant ${lib_SRCS})
          generate_export_header(shared_variant BASE_NAME libshared_and_static)
          set_target_properties(static_variant PROPERTIES
            COMPILE_FLAGS -DLIBSHARED_AND_STATIC_STATIC_DEFINE)

       This will cause the export macros to expand to nothing when building the static library.

       If DEFINE_NO_DEPRECATED is specified, then a macro ${BASE_NAME}_NO_DEPRECATED will be defined This  macro
       can be used to remove deprecated code from preprocessor output:

          option(EXCLUDE_DEPRECATED "Exclude deprecated parts of the library" FALSE)
          if (EXCLUDE_DEPRECATED)
            set(NO_BUILD_DEPRECATED DEFINE_NO_DEPRECATED)
          endif()
          generate_export_header(somelib ${NO_BUILD_DEPRECATED})

       And then in somelib:

          class SOMELIB_EXPORT SomeClass
          {
          public:
          #ifndef SOMELIB_NO_DEPRECATED
            SOMELIB_DEPRECATED void oldMethod();
          #endif
          };

          #ifndef SOMELIB_NO_DEPRECATED
          void SomeClass::oldMethod() {  }
          #endif

       If PREFIX_NAME is specified, the argument will be used as a prefix to all generated macros.

       For example:

          generate_export_header(somelib PREFIX_NAME VTK_)

       Generates the macros VTK_SOMELIB_EXPORT etc.

       New in version 3.1: Library target can be an OBJECT library.

       New in version 3.7: Added the CUSTOM_CONTENT_FROM_VARIABLE option.

       New in version 3.11: Added the INCLUDE_GUARD_NAME option.

          ADD_COMPILER_EXPORT_FLAGS( [<output_variable>] )

       Deprecated    since    version    3.0:    Set    the    target   properties   CXX_VISIBILITY_PRESET   and
       VISIBILITY_INLINES_HIDDEN instead.

       The ADD_COMPILER_EXPORT_FLAGS function adds -fvisibility=hidden to CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS if supported, and is a
       no-op on Windows which does not need extra compiler flags for exporting support.  You may optionally pass
       a single argument to ADD_COMPILER_EXPORT_FLAGS that will be populated  with  the  CXX_FLAGS  required  to
       enable visibility support for the compiler/architecture in use.

   GetPrerequisites
       Deprecated since version 3.16: Use file(GET_RUNTIME_DEPENDENCIES) instead.

       Functions to analyze and list executable file prerequisites.

       This module provides functions to list the .dll, .dylib or .so files that an executable or shared library
       file depends on.  (Its prerequisites.)

       It uses various tools to obtain the list of required shared library files:

          dumpbin (Windows)
          objdump (MinGW on Windows)
          ldd (Linux/Unix)
          otool (Mac OSX)

       Changed in version 3.16: The tool specified by CMAKE_OBJDUMP will be used, if set.

       The following functions are provided by this module:

          get_prerequisites
          list_prerequisites
          list_prerequisites_by_glob
          gp_append_unique
          is_file_executable
          gp_item_default_embedded_path
            (projects can override with gp_item_default_embedded_path_override)
          gp_resolve_item
            (projects can override with gp_resolve_item_override)
          gp_resolved_file_type
            (projects can override with gp_resolved_file_type_override)
          gp_file_type

          GET_PREREQUISITES(<target> <prerequisites_var> <exclude_system> <recurse>
                            <exepath> <dirs> [<rpaths>])

       Get  the  list  of  shared  library  files  required  by  <target>.   The  list  in  the  variable  named
       <prerequisites_var> should be empty on first entry to this function.  On exit,  <prerequisites_var>  will
       contain the list of required shared library files.

       <target>  is the full path to an executable file.  <prerequisites_var> is the name of a CMake variable to
       contain the results.  <exclude_system> must be 0 or 1 indicating whether to include or  exclude  "system"
       prerequisites.   If  <recurse>  is set to 1 all prerequisites will be found recursively, if set to 0 only
       direct prerequisites  are  listed.   <exepath>  is  the  path  to  the  top  level  executable  used  for
       @executable_path replacement on the Mac.  <dirs> is a list of paths where libraries might be found: these
       paths  are  searched  first when a target without any path info is given.  Then standard system locations
       are also searched: PATH, Framework locations, /usr/lib...

       New in version 3.14: The variable GET_PREREQUISITES_VERBOSE can be set to true to enable verbose output.

          LIST_PREREQUISITES(<target> [<recurse> [<exclude_system> [<verbose>]]])

       Print a message listing the prerequisites of <target>.

       <target> is the name of a shared library or executable target or the full path to  a  shared  library  or
       executable  file.  If <recurse> is set to 1 all prerequisites will be found recursively, if set to 0 only
       direct prerequisites are listed.  <exclude_system> must be 0  or  1  indicating  whether  to  include  or
       exclude  "system"  prerequisites.   With <verbose> set to 0 only the full path names of the prerequisites
       are printed, set to 1 extra information will be displayed.

          LIST_PREREQUISITES_BY_GLOB(<glob_arg> <glob_exp>)

       Print the prerequisites of shared library and executable files matching a globbing  pattern.   <glob_arg>
       is   GLOB   or   GLOB_RECURSE   and  <glob_exp>  is  a  globbing  expression  used  with  "file(GLOB"  or
       "file(GLOB_RECURSE" to retrieve a list of  matching  files.   If  a  matching  file  is  executable,  its
       prerequisites are listed.

       Any  additional  (optional)  arguments  provided  are  passed  along  as  the  optional  arguments to the
       list_prerequisites calls.

          GP_APPEND_UNIQUE(<list_var> <value>)

       Append <value> to the list variable <list_var> only if the value is not already in the list.

          IS_FILE_EXECUTABLE(<file> <result_var>)

       Return 1 in <result_var> if <file> is a binary executable, 0 otherwise.

          GP_ITEM_DEFAULT_EMBEDDED_PATH(<item> <default_embedded_path_var>)

       Return the path that others should refer to the item by when the item is embedded inside a bundle.

       Override on a per-project basis by providing  a  project-specific  gp_item_default_embedded_path_override
       function.

          GP_RESOLVE_ITEM(<context> <item> <exepath> <dirs> <resolved_item_var>
                          [<rpaths>])

       Resolve an item into an existing full path file.

       Override on a per-project basis by providing a project-specific gp_resolve_item_override function.

          GP_RESOLVED_FILE_TYPE(<original_file> <file> <exepath> <dirs> <type_var>
                                [<rpaths>])

       Return  the  type  of  <file> with respect to <original_file>.  String describing type of prerequisite is
       returned in variable named <type_var>.

       Use <exepath> and <dirs> if necessary to resolve non-absolute <file> values -- but only for  non-embedded
       items.

       Possible types are:

          system
          local
          embedded
          other

       Override on a per-project basis by providing a project-specific gp_resolved_file_type_override function.

          GP_FILE_TYPE(<original_file> <file> <type_var>)

       Return  the  type  of  <file> with respect to <original_file>.  String describing type of prerequisite is
       returned in variable named <type_var>.

       Possible types are:

          system
          local
          embedded
          other

   GNUInstallDirs
       Define GNU standard installation directories

       Provides install directory variables as defined by the GNU Coding Standards.

   Result Variables
       Inclusion of this module defines the following variables:

       CMAKE_INSTALL_<dir>
          Destination for files of a given type.  This value  may  be  passed  to  the  DESTINATION  options  of
          install()  commands  for  the  corresponding file type.  It should typically be a path relative to the
          installation prefix so that it can be converted  to  an  absolute  path  in  a  relocatable  way  (see
          CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_<dir>).  However, an absolute path is also allowed.

       CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_<dir>
          The  absolute  path  generated  from the corresponding CMAKE_INSTALL_<dir> value.  If the value is not
          already an absolute path, an absolute path is constructed typically by prepending  the  value  of  the
          CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX variable.  However, there are some special cases as documented below.

       where <dir> is one of:

       BINDIR user executables (bin)

       SBINDIR
              system admin executables (sbin)

       LIBEXECDIR
              program executables (libexec)

       SYSCONFDIR
              read-only single-machine data (etc)

       SHAREDSTATEDIR
              modifiable architecture-independent data (com)

       LOCALSTATEDIR
              modifiable single-machine data (var)

       RUNSTATEDIR
              New in version 3.9: run-time variable data (LOCALSTATEDIR/run)

       LIBDIR object code libraries (lib or lib64 or lib/<multiarch-tuple> on Debian)

       INCLUDEDIR
              C header files (include)

       OLDINCLUDEDIR
              C header files for non-gcc (/usr/include)

       DATAROOTDIR
              read-only architecture-independent data root (share)

       DATADIR
              read-only architecture-independent data (DATAROOTDIR)

       INFODIR
              info documentation (DATAROOTDIR/info)

       LOCALEDIR
              locale-dependent data (DATAROOTDIR/locale)

       MANDIR man documentation (DATAROOTDIR/man)

       DOCDIR documentation root (DATAROOTDIR/doc/PROJECT_NAME)

       If the includer does not define a value the above-shown default will be used and the value will appear in
       the cache for editing by the user.

   Special Cases
       New in version 3.4.

       The following values of CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX are special:

       /
          For  <dir>  other than the SYSCONFDIR, LOCALSTATEDIR and RUNSTATEDIR, the value of CMAKE_INSTALL_<dir>
          is prefixed with usr/ if it is not user-specified as an absolute path.  For  example,  the  INCLUDEDIR
          value include becomes usr/include.  This is required by the GNU Coding Standards, which state:
              When  building  the complete GNU system, the prefix will be empty and /usr will be a symbolic link
              to /.

       /usr
          For <dir> equal to SYSCONFDIR, LOCALSTATEDIR or RUNSTATEDIR, the CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_<dir> is  computed
          by  prepending  just  / to the value of CMAKE_INSTALL_<dir> if it is not user-specified as an absolute
          path.  For example, the SYSCONFDIR value etc becomes  /etc.   This  is  required  by  the  GNU  Coding
          Standards.

       /opt/...
          For  <dir> equal to SYSCONFDIR, LOCALSTATEDIR or RUNSTATEDIR, the CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_<dir> is computed
          by appending the prefix to the value of CMAKE_INSTALL_<dir> if it is not user-specified as an absolute
          path.  For example, the SYSCONFDIR value etc becomes /etc/opt/....  This is defined by the  Filesystem
          Hierarchy Standard.

   Macros
       GNUInstallDirs_get_absolute_install_dir

                 GNUInstallDirs_get_absolute_install_dir(absvar var dirname)

              New in version 3.7.

              Set  the given variable absvar to the absolute path contained within the variable var.  This is to
              allow the computation of an absolute path, accounting for all the special cases documented  above.
              While  this macro is used to compute the various CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_<dir> variables, it is exposed
              publicly to allow users who create additional path variables to also compute absolute paths  where
              necessary, using the same logic.  dirname is the directory name to get, e.g. BINDIR.

              Changed  in  version  3.20: Added the <dirname> parameter.  Previous versions of CMake passed this
              value through the variable ${dir}.

   GoogleTest
       New in version 3.9.

       This module defines functions to help use the Google Test  infrastructure.   Two  mechanisms  for  adding
       tests  are provided. gtest_add_tests() has been around for some time, originally via find_package(GTest).
       gtest_discover_tests() was introduced in CMake 3.10.

       The (older) gtest_add_tests() scans source files to identify tests.  This is usually effective, with some
       caveats, including in cross-compiling environments, and makes setting additional properties on tests more
       convenient.  However, its handling  of  parameterized  tests  is  less  comprehensive,  and  it  requires
       re-running CMake to detect changes to the list of tests.

       The  (newer)  gtest_discover_tests()  discovers tests by asking the compiled test executable to enumerate
       its tests.  This is more robust and provides better handling of parameterized tests, and does not require
       CMake to be re-run when tests change.  However, it may not work in  a  cross-compiling  environment,  and
       setting test properties is less convenient.

       More details can be found in the documentation of the respective functions.

       Both  commands  are  intended  to replace use of add_test() to register tests, and will create a separate
       CTest test for each Google Test test case.  Note that this is in some cases  less  efficient,  as  common
       set-up  and  tear-down  logic  cannot  be  shared  by multiple test cases executing in the same instance.
       However, it provides more fine-grained pass/fail information to CTest, which  is  usually  considered  as
       more  beneficial.   By  default,  the  CTest  test  name  is  the  same  as  the  Google  Test name (i.e.
       suite.testcase); see also TEST_PREFIX and TEST_SUFFIX.

       gtest_add_tests
              Automatically add tests with CTest by scanning source code for Google Test macros:

                 gtest_add_tests(TARGET target
                                 [SOURCES src1...]
                                 [EXTRA_ARGS arg1...]
                                 [WORKING_DIRECTORY dir]
                                 [TEST_PREFIX prefix]
                                 [TEST_SUFFIX suffix]
                                 [SKIP_DEPENDENCY]
                                 [TEST_LIST outVar]
                 )

              gtest_add_tests attempts to identify tests by scanning source files.  Although this  is  generally
              effective,  it  uses only a basic regular expression match, which can be defeated by atypical test
              declarations, and is unable to fully "split" parameterized tests.  Additionally, it requires  that
              CMake be re-run to discover any newly added, removed or renamed tests (by default, this means that
              CMake  is  re-run when any test source file is changed, but see SKIP_DEPENDENCY).  However, it has
              the advantage of declaring tests at CMake  time,  which  somewhat  simplifies  setting  additional
              properties on tests, and always works in a cross-compiling environment.

              The options are:

              TARGET target
                     Specifies the Google Test executable, which must be a known CMake executable target.  CMake
                     will substitute the location of the built executable when running the test.

              SOURCES src1...
                     When provided, only the listed files will be scanned for test cases.  If this option is not
                     given,  the  SOURCES  property  of  the specified target will be used to obtain the list of
                     sources.

              EXTRA_ARGS arg1...
                     Any extra arguments to pass on the command line to each test case.

              WORKING_DIRECTORY dir
                     Specifies the directory in which to run the discovered test cases.  If this option  is  not
                     provided, the current binary directory is used.

              TEST_PREFIX prefix
                     Specifies  a  prefix to be prepended to the name of each discovered test case.  This can be
                     useful when the same source files are being used in multiple calls to gtest_add_test()  but
                     with different EXTRA_ARGS.

              TEST_SUFFIX suffix
                     Similar  to  TEST_PREFIX except the suffix is appended to the name of every discovered test
                     case.  Both TEST_PREFIX and TEST_SUFFIX may be specified.

              SKIP_DEPENDENCY
                     Normally, the function creates a dependency which will cause CMake to be re-run if  any  of
                     the sources being scanned are changed.  This is to ensure that the list of discovered tests
                     is updated.  If this behavior is not desired (as may be the case while actually writing the
                     test cases), this option can be used to prevent the dependency from being added.

              TEST_LIST outVar
                     The  variable  named  by  outVar  will  be  populated in the calling scope with the list of
                     discovered test cases.  This allows the caller to do things like manipulate test properties
                     of the discovered tests.

              Usage example:

                 include(GoogleTest)
                 add_executable(FooTest FooUnitTest.cxx)
                 gtest_add_tests(TARGET      FooTest
                                 TEST_SUFFIX .noArgs
                                 TEST_LIST   noArgsTests
                 )
                 gtest_add_tests(TARGET      FooTest
                                 EXTRA_ARGS  --someArg someValue
                                 TEST_SUFFIX .withArgs
                                 TEST_LIST   withArgsTests
                 )
                 set_tests_properties(${noArgsTests}   PROPERTIES TIMEOUT 10)
                 set_tests_properties(${withArgsTests} PROPERTIES TIMEOUT 20)

              For backward compatibility, the following form is also supported:

                 gtest_add_tests(exe args files...)

              exe    The path to the test executable or the name of a CMake target.

              args   A ;-list of extra arguments to be passed to executable.  The entire list must be passed  as
                     a single argument.  Enclose it in quotes, or pass "" for no arguments.

              files...
                     A  list  of source files to search for tests and test fixtures.  Alternatively, use AUTO to
                     specify that exe is the name of a CMake executable target whose sources should be scanned.

                 include(GoogleTest)
                 set(FooTestArgs --foo 1 --bar 2)
                 add_executable(FooTest FooUnitTest.cxx)
                 gtest_add_tests(FooTest "${FooTestArgs}" AUTO)

       gtest_discover_tests
              Automatically add tests with CTest by querying the compiled test executable for available tests:

                 gtest_discover_tests(target
                                      [EXTRA_ARGS arg1...]
                                      [WORKING_DIRECTORY dir]
                                      [TEST_PREFIX prefix]
                                      [TEST_SUFFIX suffix]
                                      [TEST_FILTER expr]
                                      [NO_PRETTY_TYPES] [NO_PRETTY_VALUES]
                                      [PROPERTIES name1 value1...]
                                      [TEST_LIST var]
                                      [DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT seconds]
                                      [XML_OUTPUT_DIR dir]
                                      [DISCOVERY_MODE <POST_BUILD|PRE_TEST>]
                 )

              New in version 3.10.

              gtest_discover_tests() sets up a post-build command on the test executable that generates the list
              of tests by parsing the output  from  running  the  test  with  the  --gtest_list_tests  argument.
              Compared  to  the source parsing approach of gtest_add_tests(), this ensures that the full list of
              tests, including instantiations of parameterized tests, is obtained.  Since test discovery  occurs
              at  build  time,  it is not necessary to re-run CMake when the list of tests changes.  However, it
              requires that CROSSCOMPILING_EMULATOR is properly set in order to function  in  a  cross-compiling
              environment.

              Additionally,  setting  properties  on  tests is somewhat less convenient, since the tests are not
              available at CMake time.  Additional test properties may be assigned to the  set  of  tests  as  a
              whole  using  the  PROPERTIES option.  If more fine-grained test control is needed, custom content
              may be provided through an external CTest script using the TEST_INCLUDE_FILES directory  property.
              The set of discovered tests is made accessible to such a script via the <target>_TESTS variable.

              The options are:

              target Specifies the Google Test executable, which must be a known CMake executable target.  CMake
                     will substitute the location of the built executable when running the test.

              EXTRA_ARGS arg1...
                     Any extra arguments to pass on the command line to each test case.

              WORKING_DIRECTORY dir
                     Specifies  the  directory in which to run the discovered test cases.  If this option is not
                     provided, the current binary directory is used.

              TEST_PREFIX prefix
                     Specifies a prefix to be prepended to the name of each discovered test case.  This  can  be
                     useful   when   the   same   test   executable   is   being   used  in  multiple  calls  to
                     gtest_discover_tests() but with different EXTRA_ARGS.

              TEST_SUFFIX suffix
                     Similar to TEST_PREFIX except the suffix is appended to the name of every  discovered  test
                     case.  Both TEST_PREFIX and TEST_SUFFIX may be specified.

              TEST_FILTER expr
                     New in version 3.22.

                     Filter  expression  to  pass as a --gtest_filter argument during test discovery.  Note that
                     the expression is a wildcard-based format that matches against the original test  names  as
                     used  by gtest.  For type or value-parameterized tests, these names may be different to the
                     potentially pretty-printed test names that ctest uses.

              NO_PRETTY_TYPES
                     By default, the type index of type-parameterized tests is replaced by the actual type  name
                     in  the  CTest test name.  If this behavior is undesirable (e.g. because the type names are
                     unwieldy), this option will suppress this behavior.

              NO_PRETTY_VALUES
                     By default, the value index of value-parameterized tests is replaced by the actual value in
                     the CTest test name.  If this behavior is undesirable (e.g. because the value  strings  are
                     unwieldy), this option will suppress this behavior.

              PROPERTIES name1 value1...
                     Specifies  additional  properties  to  be set on all tests discovered by this invocation of
                     gtest_discover_tests().

              TEST_LIST var
                     Make  the  list  of  tests  available  in  the  variable  var,  rather  than  the   default
                     <target>_TESTS.  This can be useful when the same test executable is being used in multiple
                     calls to gtest_discover_tests().  Note that this variable is only available in CTest.

              DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT num
                     New in version 3.10.3.

                     Specifies  how long (in seconds) CMake will wait for the test to enumerate available tests.
                     If the test takes longer than this, discovery  (and  your  build)  will  fail.   Most  test
                     executables   will   enumerate  their  tests  very  quickly,  but  under  some  exceptional
                     circumstances, a test may require a longer timeout.   The  default  is  5.   See  also  the
                     TIMEOUT option of execute_process().

                     NOTE:
                        In  CMake versions 3.10.1 and 3.10.2, this option was called TIMEOUT.  This clashed with
                        the TIMEOUT test property, which is one of the common properties that would be set  with
                        the  PROPERTIES  keyword, usually leading to legal but unintended behavior.  The keyword
                        was changed to DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT in CMake 3.10.3 to address this problem.  The ambiguous
                        behavior of the TIMEOUT keyword in 3.10.1 and 3.10.2 has not been preserved.

              XML_OUTPUT_DIR dir
                     New in version 3.18.

                     If specified, the parameter is passed along with --gtest_output=xml:  to  test  executable.
                     The  actual  file  name  is  the same as the test target, including prefix and suffix. This
                     should be used instead of EXTRA_ARGS --gtest_output=xml to avoid  race  conditions  writing
                     the XML result output when using parallel test execution.

              DISCOVERY_MODE
                     New in version 3.18.

                     Provides  greater  control  over  when  gtest_discover_tests()  performs test discovery. By
                     default, POST_BUILD sets up a post-build command to perform test discovery at  build  time.
                     In  certain scenarios, like cross-compiling, this POST_BUILD behavior is not desirable.  By
                     contrast, PRE_TEST delays test discovery until just prior to test execution. This way  test
                     discovery  occurs  in  the target environment where the test has a better chance at finding
                     appropriate runtime dependencies.

                     DISCOVERY_MODE defaults  to  the  value  of  the  CMAKE_GTEST_DISCOVER_TESTS_DISCOVERY_MODE
                     variable if it is not passed when calling gtest_discover_tests(). This provides a mechanism
                     for  globally  selecting  a preferred test discovery behavior without having to modify each
                     call site.

   InstallRequiredSystemLibraries
       Include this module to search for compiler-provided system runtime libraries and add  install  rules  for
       them.  Some optional variables may be set prior to including the module to adjust behavior:

       CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_LIBS
              Specify  additional  runtime  libraries  that  may  not be detected.  After inclusion any detected
              libraries will be appended to this.

       CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_LIBS_SKIP
              Set to TRUE to skip calling the install(PROGRAMS) command to allow the includer to specify its own
              install rule, using the value of CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_LIBS to get the list of libraries.

       CMAKE_INSTALL_DEBUG_LIBRARIES
              Set to TRUE to install the debug runtime libraries when available with MSVC tools.

       CMAKE_INSTALL_DEBUG_LIBRARIES_ONLY
              Set to TRUE to install only the debug runtime libraries  with  MSVC  tools  even  if  the  release
              runtime libraries are also available.

       CMAKE_INSTALL_UCRT_LIBRARIES
              New in version 3.6.

              Set  to  TRUE  to  install  the  Windows Universal CRT libraries for app-local deployment (e.g. to
              Windows XP).  This is meaningful only with MSVC from Visual Studio 2015 or higher.

              New in version 3.9: One may set a CMAKE_WINDOWS_KITS_10_DIR environment variable  to  an  absolute
              path  to  tell CMake to look for Windows 10 SDKs in a custom location.  The specified directory is
              expected to contain Redist/ucrt/DLLs/* directories.

       CMAKE_INSTALL_MFC_LIBRARIES
              Set to TRUE to install the MSVC MFC runtime libraries.

       CMAKE_INSTALL_OPENMP_LIBRARIES
              Set to TRUE to install the MSVC OpenMP runtime libraries

       CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_DESTINATION
              Specify the install(PROGRAMS) command DESTINATION option.  If not specified, the default is bin on
              Windows and lib elsewhere.

       CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_LIBS_NO_WARNINGS
              Set to TRUE to disable warnings about required library files that do  not  exist.   (For  example,
              Visual Studio Express editions may not provide the redistributable files.)

       CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_COMPONENT
              New in version 3.3.

              Specify  the install(PROGRAMS) command COMPONENT option.  If not specified, no such option will be
              used.

       New in version 3.10: Support for installing Intel compiler runtimes.

   ProcessorCount
       ProcessorCount(var)

       Determine the number of processors/cores and save value in ${var}

       Sets the variable named ${var} to  the  number  of  physical  cores  available  on  the  machine  if  the
       information  can  be  determined.  Otherwise it is set to 0.  Currently this functionality is implemented
       for AIX, cygwin, FreeBSD, HPUX, Linux, macOS, QNX, Sun and Windows.

       Changed in version 3.15: On Linux, returns the container CPU count instead of the host CPU count.

       This function is guaranteed to return a positive integer (>=1) if it succeeds.  It returns 0 if there's a
       problem determining the processor count.

       Example use, in a ctest -S dashboard script:

          include(ProcessorCount)
          ProcessorCount(N)
          if(NOT N EQUAL 0)
            set(CTEST_BUILD_FLAGS -j${N})
            set(ctest_test_args ${ctest_test_args} PARALLEL_LEVEL ${N})
          endif()

       This function is intended to offer an approximation of the value of the number of compute cores available
       on the current machine, such that you may use that value for parallel building and parallel testing.   It
       is  meant  to help utilize as much of the machine as seems reasonable.  Of course, knowledge of what else
       might be running on the machine simultaneously  should  be  used  when  deciding  whether  to  request  a
       machine's full capacity all for yourself.

   SelectLibraryConfigurations
          select_library_configurations(basename)

       This macro takes a library base name as an argument, and will choose good values for the variables

          basename_LIBRARY
          basename_LIBRARIES
          basename_LIBRARY_DEBUG
          basename_LIBRARY_RELEASE

       depending on what has been found and set.

       If  only  basename_LIBRARY_RELEASE  is  defined,  basename_LIBRARY  will be set to the release value, and
       basename_LIBRARY_DEBUG will be set to basename_LIBRARY_DEBUG-NOTFOUND.  If only basename_LIBRARY_DEBUG is
       defined, then basename_LIBRARY will take the debug value, and basename_LIBRARY_RELEASE  will  be  set  to
       basename_LIBRARY_RELEASE-NOTFOUND.

       If  the  generator supports configuration types, then basename_LIBRARY and basename_LIBRARIES will be set
       with debug and optimized flags specifying the library to be used for  the  given  configuration.   If  no
       build  type  has  been  set  or  the  generator  in  use  does  not  support  configuration  types,  then
       basename_LIBRARY and basename_LIBRARIES will take only the release value,  or  the  debug  value  if  the
       release one is not set.

   SquishTestScript
       This  script  launches  a  GUI  test using Squish.  You should not call the script directly; instead, you
       should access it via the SQUISH_ADD_TEST macro that is defined in FindSquish.cmake.

       This script starts the Squish server, launches the test on the  client,  and  finally  stops  the  squish
       server.  If any of these steps fail (including if the tests do not pass) then a fatal error is raised.

   TestBigEndian
       Deprecated since version 3.20: Supserseded by the CMAKE_<LANG>_BYTE_ORDER variable.

       Check if the target architecture is big endian or little endian.

       test_big_endian

                 test_big_endian(<var>)

              Stores in variable <var> either 1 or 0 indicating whether the target architecture is big or little
              endian.

   TestForANSIForScope
       Check for ANSI for scope support

       Check if the compiler restricts the scope of variables declared in a for-init-statement to the loop body.

          CMAKE_NO_ANSI_FOR_SCOPE - holds result

   TestForANSIStreamHeaders
       Test for compiler support of ANSI stream headers iostream, etc.

       check if the compiler supports the standard ANSI iostream header (without the .h)

          CMAKE_NO_ANSI_STREAM_HEADERS - defined by the results

   TestForSSTREAM
       Test for compiler support of ANSI sstream header

       check if the compiler supports the standard ANSI sstream header

          CMAKE_NO_ANSI_STRING_STREAM - defined by the results

   TestForSTDNamespace
       Test for std:: namespace support

       check if the compiler supports std:: on stl classes

          CMAKE_NO_STD_NAMESPACE - defined by the results

   UseEcos
       This module defines variables and macros required to build eCos application.

       This  file  contains  the  following  macros:  ECOS_ADD_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES() - add the eCos include dirs
       ECOS_ADD_EXECUTABLE(name source1 ...  sourceN ) - create  an  eCos  executable  ECOS_ADJUST_DIRECTORY(VAR
       source1 ...  sourceN ) - adjusts the path of the source files and puts the result into VAR

       Macros  for  selecting  the  toolchain:  ECOS_USE_ARM_ELF_TOOLS()  - enable the ARM ELF toolchain for the
       directory where it is called ECOS_USE_I386_ELF_TOOLS() - enable the i386 ELF toolchain for the  directory
       where it is called ECOS_USE_PPC_EABI_TOOLS() - enable the PowerPC toolchain for the directory where it is
       called

       It  contains  the following variables: ECOS_DEFINITIONS ECOSCONFIG_EXECUTABLE ECOS_CONFIG_FILE - defaults
       to ecos.ecc, if your eCos configuration file has a different name, adjust this variable for internal  use
       only:

          ECOS_ADD_TARGET_LIB

   UseJava
       This  file provides support for Java.  It is assumed that FindJava has already been loaded.  See FindJava
       for information on how to load Java into your CMake project.

   Synopsis
          Creating and Installing JARS
            add_jar (<target_name> [SOURCES] <source1> [<source2>...] ...)
            install_jar (<target_name> DESTINATION <destination> [COMPONENT <component>])
            install_jni_symlink (<target_name> DESTINATION <destination> [COMPONENT <component>])

          Header Generation
            create_javah ((TARGET <target> | GENERATED_FILES <VAR>) CLASSES <class>... ...)

          Exporting JAR Targets
            install_jar_exports (TARGETS <jars>... FILE <filename> DESTINATION <destination> ...)
            export_jars (TARGETS <jars>... [NAMESPACE <namespace>] FILE <filename>)

          Finding JARs
            find_jar (<VAR> NAMES <name1> [<name2>...] [PATHS <path1> [<path2>... ENV <var>]] ...)

          Creating Java Documentation
            create_javadoc (<VAR> (PACKAGES <pkg1> [<pkg2>...] | FILES <file1> [<file2>...]) ...)

   Creating And Installing JARs
       add_jar
              Creates a jar file containing java objects and, optionally, resources:

                 add_jar(<target_name>
                         [SOURCES] <source1> [<source2>...] [<resource1>...]
                         [RESOURCES NAMESPACE <ns1> <resource1>... [NAMESPACE <nsX> <resourceX>...]... ]
                         [INCLUDE_JARS <jar1> [<jar2>...]]
                         [ENTRY_POINT <entry>]
                         [VERSION <version>]
                         [MANIFEST <manifest>]
                         [OUTPUT_NAME <name>]
                         [OUTPUT_DIR <dir>]
                         [GENERATE_NATIVE_HEADERS <target>
                                                  [DESTINATION (<dir>|INSTALL <dir> [BUILD <dir>])]]
                         )

              This command creates a <target_name>.jar.  It compiles the given <source> files and adds the given
              <resource> files to the jar file.  Source files can be java files or listing  files  (prefixed  by
              @).  If only resource files are given then just a jar file is created.

              SOURCES
                     Compiles the specified source files and adds the result in the jar file.

                     New in version 3.4: Support for response files, prefixed by @.

              RESOURCES
                     New in version 3.21.

                     Adds  the  named  <resource> files to the jar by stripping the source file path and placing
                     the file beneath <ns> within the jar.

                     For example:

                        RESOURCES NAMESPACE "/com/my/namespace" "a/path/to/resource.txt"

                     results in a resource accessible via /com/my/namespace/resource.txt within the jar.

                     Resources may be added without adjusting the namespace  by  adding  them  to  the  list  of
                     SOURCES   (original   behavior),   in  this  case,  resource  paths  must  be  relative  to
                     CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR.  Adding resources without using the RESOURCES parameter in out of
                     source builds will almost certainly result in confusion.

                     NOTE:
                        Adding resources via the SOURCES  parameter  relies  upon  a  hard-coded  list  of  file
                        extensions  which are tested to determine whether they compile (e.g. File.java). SOURCES
                        files which match the extensions are compiled. Files which do not match are  treated  as
                        resources.  To  include  uncompiled  resources  matching  those  file extensions use the
                        RESOURCES parameter.

              INCLUDE_JARS
                     The list of jars are added to the classpath when compiling the java sources and also to the
                     dependencies of the target.  INCLUDE_JARS  also  accepts  other  target  names  created  by
                     add_jar().  For  backwards  compatibility, jar files listed as sources are ignored (as they
                     have been since the first version of this module).

              ENTRY_POINT
                     Defines an entry point in the jar file.

              VERSION
                     Adds a version to the target output name.

                     The following example will create a jar file with the name  shibboleet-1.2.0.jar  and  will
                     create a symlink shibboleet.jar pointing to the jar with the version information.

                        add_jar(shibboleet shibbotleet.java VERSION 1.2.0)

              MANIFEST
                     Defines a custom manifest for the jar.

              OUTPUT_NAME
                     Specify a different output name for the target.

              OUTPUT_DIR
                     Sets   the   directory   where   the   jar  file  will  be  generated.  If  not  specified,
                     CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR is used as the output directory.

              GENERATE_NATIVE_HEADERS
                     New in version 3.11.

                     Generates native header files for methods declared  as  native.  These  files  provide  the
                     connective  glue  that allow your Java and C code to interact.  An INTERFACE target will be
                     created for an easy usage of generated  files.   Sub-option  DESTINATION  can  be  used  to
                     specify the output directory for generated header files.

                     This option requires, at least, version 1.8 of the JDK.

                     For  an  optimum  usage  of this option, it is recommended to include module JNI before any
                     call to add_jar(). The produced target for native headers can then be used to compile C/C++
                     sources with the target_link_libraries() command.

                        find_package(JNI)
                        add_jar(foo foo.java GENERATE_NATIVE_HEADERS foo-native)
                        add_library(bar bar.cpp)
                        target_link_libraries(bar PRIVATE foo-native)

                     New in version 3.20:  DESTINATION  sub-option  now  supports  the  possibility  to  specify
                     different  output  directories  for  BUILD  and  INSTALL  steps.  If BUILD directory is not
                     specified, a default directory will be used.

                     To export the interface target  generated  by  GENERATE_NATIVE_HEADERS  option,  sub-option
                     INSTALL of DESTINATION is required:

                        add_jar(foo foo.java GENERATE_NATIVE_HEADERS foo-native
                                             DESTINATION INSTALL include)
                        install(TARGETS foo-native EXPORT native)
                        install(DIRECTORY "$<TARGET_PROPERTY:foo-native,NATIVE_HEADERS_DIRECTORY>/"
                                DESTINATION include)
                        install(EXPORT native DESTINATION /to/export NAMESPACE foo)

              Some variables can be set to customize the behavior of add_jar() as well as the java compiler:

              CMAKE_JAVA_COMPILE_FLAGS
                     Specify additional flags to java compiler.

              CMAKE_JAVA_INCLUDE_PATH
                     Specify additional paths to the class path.

              CMAKE_JNI_TARGET
                     If  the target is a JNI library, sets this boolean variable to TRUE to enable creation of a
                     JNI symbolic link (see also install_jni_symlink()).

              CMAKE_JAR_CLASSES_PREFIX
                     If multiple jars should be produced from the same java  source  filetree,  to  prevent  the
                     accumulation    of    duplicate    class    files    in    subsequent    jars,    set/reset
                     CMAKE_JAR_CLASSES_PREFIX prior to calling the add_jar():

                        set(CMAKE_JAR_CLASSES_PREFIX com/redhat/foo)
                        add_jar(foo foo.java)

                        set(CMAKE_JAR_CLASSES_PREFIX com/redhat/bar)
                        add_jar(bar bar.java)

              The add_jar() function sets the following target properties on <target_name>:

              INSTALL_FILES
                     The files which should be installed.  This is used by install_jar().

              JNI_SYMLINK
                     The JNI symlink which should be installed.  This is used by install_jni_symlink().

              JAR_FILE
                     The location of the jar file so that you can include it.

              CLASSDIR
                     The directory where the class files can be found.  For example to use them with javah.

              NATIVE_HEADERS_DIRECTORY
                     New in version 3.20.

                     The   directory   where   native   headers   are    generated.    Defined    when    option
                     GENERATE_NATIVE_HEADERS is specified.

       install_jar
              This command installs the jar file to the given destination:

                 install_jar(<target_name> <destination>)
                 install_jar(<target_name> DESTINATION <destination> [COMPONENT <component>])

              This  command  installs the <target_name> file to the given <destination>.  It should be called in
              the same scope as add_jar() or it will fail.

              New in version 3.4: The second signature with DESTINATION and COMPONENT options.

              DESTINATION
                     Specify the directory on disk to which a file will be installed.

              COMPONENT
                     Specify an installation component name with which the install rule is associated,  such  as
                     "runtime" or "development".

              The install_jar() command sets the following target properties on <target_name>:

              INSTALL_DESTINATION
                     Holds the <destination> as described above, and is used by install_jar_exports().

       install_jni_symlink
              Installs JNI symlinks for target generated by add_jar():

                 install_jni_symlink(<target_name> <destination>)
                 install_jni_symlink(<target_name> DESTINATION <destination> [COMPONENT <component>])

              This  command  installs  the  <target_name> JNI symlinks to the given <destination>.  It should be
              called in the same scope as add_jar() or it will fail.

              New in version 3.4: The second signature with DESTINATION and COMPONENT options.

              DESTINATION
                     Specify the directory on disk to which a file will be installed.

              COMPONENT
                     Specify an installation component name with which the install rule is associated,  such  as
                     "runtime" or "development".

              Utilize the following commands to create a JNI symbolic link:

                 set(CMAKE_JNI_TARGET TRUE)
                 add_jar(shibboleet shibbotleet.java VERSION 1.2.0)
                 install_jar(shibboleet ${LIB_INSTALL_DIR}/shibboleet)
                 install_jni_symlink(shibboleet ${JAVA_LIB_INSTALL_DIR})

   Header Generation
       create_javah
              New in version 3.4.

              Generates C header files for java classes:

                 create_javah(TARGET <target> | GENERATED_FILES <VAR>
                              CLASSES <class>...
                              [CLASSPATH <classpath>...]
                              [DEPENDS <depend>...]
                              [OUTPUT_NAME <path>|OUTPUT_DIR <path>]
                              )

              Deprecated  since  version 3.11: This command will no longer be supported starting with version 10
              of the JDK due to the suppression of javah  tool.   The  add_jar(GENERATE_NATIVE_HEADERS)  command
              should be used instead.

              Create  C  header files from java classes. These files provide the connective glue that allow your
              Java and C code to interact.

              There are two main signatures for create_javah().  The first  signature  returns  generated  files
              through variable specified by the GENERATED_FILES option.  For example:

                 create_javah(GENERATED_FILES files_headers
                   CLASSES org.cmake.HelloWorld
                   CLASSPATH hello.jar
                 )

              The  second  signature  for  create_javah()  creates  a  target  which  encapsulates  header files
              generation. E.g.

                 create_javah(TARGET target_headers
                   CLASSES org.cmake.HelloWorld
                   CLASSPATH hello.jar
                 )

              Both signatures share same options.

              CLASSES
                     Specifies Java classes used to generate headers.

              CLASSPATH
                     Specifies various paths to look up classes. Here .class files, jar files or targets created
                     by command add_jar can be used.

              DEPENDS
                     Targets on which the javah target depends.

              OUTPUT_NAME
                     Concatenates the resulting header files for all the classes listed by option  CLASSES  into
                     <path>.  Same behavior as option -o of javah tool.

              OUTPUT_DIR
                     Sets the directory where the header files will be generated.  Same behavior as option -d of
                     javah tool.  If not specified, CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR is used as the output directory.

   Exporting JAR Targets
       install_jar_exports
              New in version 3.7.

              Installs a target export file:

                 install_jar_exports(TARGETS <jars>...
                                     [NAMESPACE <namespace>]
                                     FILE <filename>
                                     DESTINATION <destination> [COMPONENT <component>])

              This  command  installs  a  target  export  file <filename> for the named jar targets to the given
              <destination> directory.  Its function is similar to that of install(EXPORT).

              TARGETS
                     List of targets created by add_jar() command.

              NAMESPACE
                     New in version 3.9.

                     The <namespace> value will be prepend to the target names as they are written to the import
                     file.

              FILE   Specify name of the export file.

              DESTINATION
                     Specify the directory on disk to which a file will be installed.

              COMPONENT
                     Specify an installation component name with which the install rule is associated,  such  as
                     "runtime" or "development".

       export_jars
              New in version 3.7.

              Writes a target export file:

                 export_jars(TARGETS <jars>...
                             [NAMESPACE <namespace>]
                             FILE <filename>)

              This command writes a target export file <filename> for the named <jars> targets.  Its function is
              similar to that of export().

              TARGETS
                     List of targets created by add_jar() command.

              NAMESPACE
                     New in version 3.9.

                     The <namespace> value will be prepend to the target names as they are written to the import
                     file.

              FILE   Specify name of the export file.

   Finding JARs
       find_jar
              Finds the specified jar file:

                 find_jar(<VAR>
                          <name> | NAMES <name1> [<name2>...]
                          [PATHS <path1> [<path2>... ENV <var>]]
                          [VERSIONS <version1> [<version2>]]
                          [DOC "cache documentation string"]
                         )

              This  command  is  used  to  find  a  full path to the named jar.  A cache entry named by <VAR> is
              created to store the result of this command.  If the full path to a jar is  found  the  result  is
              stored  in  the  variable  and  the  search  will not repeated unless the variable is cleared.  If
              nothing is found, the result will be <VAR>-NOTFOUND, and the search will be attempted  again  next
              time find_jar() is invoked with the same variable.

              NAMES  Specify one or more possible names for the jar file.

              PATHS  Specify directories to search in addition to the default locations.  The ENV var sub-option
                     reads paths from a system environment variable.

              VERSIONS
                     Specify jar versions.

              DOC    Specify the documentation string for the <VAR> cache entry.

   Creating Java Documentation
       create_javadoc
              Creates java documentation based on files and packages:

                 create_javadoc(<VAR>
                                (PACKAGES <pkg1> [<pkg2>...] | FILES <file1> [<file2>...])
                                [SOURCEPATH <sourcepath>]
                                [CLASSPATH <classpath>]
                                [INSTALLPATH <install path>]
                                [DOCTITLE <the documentation title>]
                                [WINDOWTITLE <the title of the document>]
                                [AUTHOR (TRUE|FALSE)]
                                [USE (TRUE|FALSE)]
                                [VERSION (TRUE|FALSE)]
                                )

              The  create_javadoc()  command  can  be  used  to  create  java documentation.  There are two main
              signatures for create_javadoc().

              The first signature works with package names on a path with source files:

                 create_javadoc(my_example_doc
                                PACKAGES com.example.foo com.example.bar
                                SOURCEPATH "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}"
                                CLASSPATH ${CMAKE_JAVA_INCLUDE_PATH}
                                WINDOWTITLE "My example"
                                DOCTITLE "<h1>My example</h1>"
                                AUTHOR TRUE
                                USE TRUE
                                VERSION TRUE
                               )

              The second signature for create_javadoc() works on a given list of files:

                 create_javadoc(my_example_doc
                                FILES java/A.java java/B.java
                                CLASSPATH ${CMAKE_JAVA_INCLUDE_PATH}
                                WINDOWTITLE "My example"
                                DOCTITLE "<h1>My example</h1>"
                                AUTHOR TRUE
                                USE TRUE
                                VERSION TRUE
                               )

              Both signatures share most of the options. For more details please read the javadoc manpage.

              PACKAGES
                     Specify java packages.

              FILES  Specify java  source  files.  If  relative  paths  are  specified,  they  are  relative  to
                     CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR.

              SOURCEPATH
                     Specify  the  directory  where  to  look for packages. By default, CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR
                     directory is used.

              CLASSPATH
                     Specify where to find user class files. Same behavior as option -classpath of javadoc tool.

              INSTALLPATH
                     Specify where to install the java documentation. If you specified, the  documentation  will
                     be installed to ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/share/javadoc/<VAR>.

              DOCTITLE
                     Specify  the  title  to  place near the top of the overview summary file.  Same behavior as
                     option -doctitle of javadoc tool.

              WINDOWTITLE
                     Specify the title  to  be  placed  in  the  HTML  <title>  tag.  Same  behavior  as  option
                     -windowtitle of javadoc tool.

              AUTHOR When  value  TRUE  is  specified,  includes  the  @author  text in the generated docs. Same
                     behavior as option  -author of javadoc tool.

              USE    When value TRUE is specified, creates class and package usage pages.  Includes one Use page
                     for each documented class and package. Same behavior as option -use of javadoc tool.

              VERSION
                     When value TRUE is specified, includes  the  version  text  in  the  generated  docs.  Same
                     behavior as option -version of javadoc tool.

   UseSWIG
       This file provides support for SWIG. It is assumed that FindSWIG module has already been loaded.

       Defines the following command for use with SWIG:

       swig_add_library
              New in version 3.8.

              Define swig module with given name and specified language:

                 swig_add_library(<name>
                                  [TYPE <SHARED|MODULE|STATIC|USE_BUILD_SHARED_LIBS>]
                                  LANGUAGE <language>
                                  [NO_PROXY]
                                  [OUTPUT_DIR <directory>]
                                  [OUTFILE_DIR <directory>]
                                  SOURCES <file>...
                                 )

              Targets  created  with  the swig_add_library command have the same capabilities as targets created
              with the add_library() command, so those targets can be used with any command expecting  a  target
              (e.g.  target_link_libraries()).

              Changed  in  version  3.13:  This  command  creates a target with the specified <name> when policy
              CMP0078 is set to NEW.  Otherwise, the legacy behavior will choose a  different  target  name  and
              store it in the SWIG_MODULE_<name>_REAL_NAME variable.

              Changed  in  version 3.15: Alternate library name (set with the OUTPUT_NAME property, for example)
              will be passed on to Python and CSharp wrapper libraries.

              Changed in version 3.21: Generated library use standard naming  conventions  for  CSharp  language
              when policy CMP0122 is set to NEW. Otherwise, the legacy behavior is applied.

              NOTE:
                 For  multi-config  generators,  this  module  does  not  support  configuration-specific  files
                 generated by SWIG. All build configurations must result in the same generated source file.

              NOTE:
                 For Makefile Generators, if, for some sources, the  USE_SWIG_DEPENDENCIES  property  is  FALSE,
                 swig_add_library  does not track file dependencies, so depending on the <name>_swig_compilation
                 custom target is required for targets which require the swig-generated files  to  exist.  Other
                 generators may depend on the source files that would be generated by SWIG.

              TYPE   SHARED,  MODULE  and  STATIC  have  the  same semantic as for the add_library() command. If
                     USE_BUILD_SHARED_LIBS is specified, the library type will be  STATIC  or  SHARED  based  on
                     whether the current value of the BUILD_SHARED_LIBS variable is ON. If no type is specified,
                     MODULE will be used.

              LANGUAGE
                     Specify the target language.

                     New in version 3.1: Go and Lua language support.

                     New in version 3.2: R language support.

                     New in version 3.18: Fortran language support.

              NO_PROXY
                     New in version 3.12.

                     Prevent the generation of the wrapper layer (swig -noproxy option).

              OUTPUT_DIR
                     New in version 3.12.

                     Specify where to write the language specific files (swig -outdir option). If not given, the
                     CMAKE_SWIG_OUTDIR  variable  will be used.  If neither is specified, the default depends on
                     the value of the UseSWIG_MODULE_VERSION variable as follows:

                     • If  UseSWIG_MODULE_VERSION  is  1  or  is   undefined,   output   is   written   to   the
                       CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR directory.

                     • If  UseSWIG_MODULE_VERSION  is  2,  a dedicated directory will be used.  The path of this
                       directory can be retrieved from the SWIG_SUPPORT_FILES_DIRECTORY target property.

              OUTFILE_DIR
                     New in version 3.12.

                     Specify an output directory name where the generated source file will be  placed  (swig  -o
                     option).  If  not  specified,  the  SWIG_OUTFILE_DIR  variable  will be used. If neither is
                     specified, OUTPUT_DIR or CMAKE_SWIG_OUTDIR is used instead.

              SOURCES
                     List of sources for the library. Files with extension .i will be identified as sources  for
                     the SWIG tool. Other files will be handled in the standard way.

                     New  in  version  3.14:  This  behavior  can  be  overridden  by  specifying  the  variable
                     SWIG_SOURCE_FILE_EXTENSIONS.

              NOTE:
                 If UseSWIG_MODULE_VERSION is set to 2, it is strongly recommended to use a dedicated  directory
                 unique  to  the  target when either the OUTPUT_DIR option or the CMAKE_SWIG_OUTDIR variable are
                 specified.  The output directory contents are erased as part of the target build, so to prevent
                 interference between targets or losing other important files, each target should have  its  own
                 dedicated output directory.

       swig_link_libraries
              Link libraries to swig module:

                 swig_link_libraries(<name> <item>...)

              This command has same capabilities as target_link_libraries() command.

              NOTE:
                 If  variable  UseSWIG_TARGET_NAME_PREFERENCE is set to STANDARD, this command is deprecated and
                 target_link_libraries() command must be used instead.

       Source file properties on module files must be set before the invocation of the swig_add_library  command
       to specify special behavior of SWIG and ensure generated files will receive the required settings.

       CPLUSPLUS
              Call SWIG in c++ mode.  For example:

                 set_property(SOURCE mymod.i PROPERTY CPLUSPLUS ON)
                 swig_add_library(mymod LANGUAGE python SOURCES mymod.i)

       SWIG_FLAGS
              Deprecated since version 3.12: Replaced with the fine-grained properties that follow.

              Pass custom flags to the SWIG executable.

       INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES, COMPILE_DEFINITIONS and COMPILE_OPTIONS
              New in version 3.12.

              Add  custom  flags  to  SWIG  compiler  and  have same semantic as properties INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES,
              COMPILE_DEFINITIONS and COMPILE_OPTIONS.

       USE_TARGET_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES
              New in version 3.13.

              If set to TRUE, contents  of  target  property  INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES  will  be  forwarded  to  SWIG
              compiler.  If set to FALSE target property INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES will be ignored. If not set, target
              property SWIG_USE_TARGET_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES will be considered.

       GENERATED_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES, GENERATED_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS and GENERATED_COMPILE_OPTIONS
              New in version 3.12.

              Add  custom  flags  to  the  C/C++  generated  source.  They  will  fill, respectively, properties
              INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES, COMPILE_DEFINITIONS and COMPILE_OPTIONS of generated C/C++ file.

       DEPENDS
              New in version 3.12.

              Specify additional dependencies to the source file.

       USE_SWIG_DEPENDENCIES
              New in version 3.20.

              If set to TRUE, implicit dependencies are generated by the swig tool itself. This property is only
              meaningful for Makefile, Ninja, Xcode, and  Visual  Studio  (Visual  Studio  11  2012  and  above)
              generators. Default value is FALSE.

              New in version 3.21: Added the support of Xcode generator.

              New in version 3.22: Added the support of Visual Studio Generators.

       SWIG_MODULE_NAME
              Specify  the  actual  import  name  of  the module in the target language.  This is required if it
              cannot be scanned automatically from source or different  from  the  module  file  basename.   For
              example:

                 set_property(SOURCE mymod.i PROPERTY SWIG_MODULE_NAME mymod_realname)

              Changed  in version 3.14: If policy CMP0086 is set to NEW, -module <module_name> is passed to SWIG
              compiler.

       OUTPUT_DIR
              New in version 3.19.

              Specify where to write the language specific files (swig -outdir option) for the considered source
              file. If not specified, the other ways to define the  output  directory  applies  (see  OUTPUT_DIR
              option of swig_add_library() command).

       OUTFILE_DIR
              New in version 3.19.

              Specify  an  output  directory where the generated source file will be placed (swig -o option) for
              the considered source file. If not specified, OUTPUT_DIR source property will be used. If  neither
              are  specified,  the other ways to define output file directory applies (see OUTFILE_DIR option of
              swig_add_library() command).

       Target library properties can be set to apply same configuration to all SWIG input files.

       SWIG_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES, SWIG_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS and SWIG_COMPILE_OPTIONS
              New in version 3.12.

              These properties will be applied to all  SWIG  input  files  and  have  same  semantic  as  target
              properties INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES, COMPILE_DEFINITIONS and COMPILE_OPTIONS.

                 set (UseSWIG_TARGET_NAME_PREFERENCE STANDARD)
                 swig_add_library(mymod LANGUAGE python SOURCES mymod.i)
                 set_property(TARGET mymod PROPERTY SWIG_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS MY_DEF1 MY_DEF2)
                 set_property(TARGET mymod PROPERTY SWIG_COMPILE_OPTIONS -bla -blb)

       SWIG_USE_TARGET_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES
              New in version 3.13.

              If  set  to  TRUE,  contents  of  target  property  INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES  will be forwarded to SWIG
              compiler.  If set to FALSE or not defined, target property INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES  will  be  ignored.
              This behavior can be overridden by specifying source property USE_TARGET_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES.

       SWIG_GENERATED_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES, SWIG_GENERATED_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS and SWIG_GENERATED_COMPILE_OPTIONS
              New in version 3.12.

              These  properties will populate, respectively, properties INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES, COMPILE_DEFINITIONS
              and COMPILE_FLAGS of all generated C/C++ files.

       SWIG_DEPENDS
              New in version 3.12.

              Add dependencies to all SWIG input files.

       The following target properties are output properties and can be used to get  information  about  support
       files generated by SWIG interface compilation.

       SWIG_SUPPORT_FILES
              New in version 3.12.

              This output property list of wrapper files generated during SWIG compilation.

                 set (UseSWIG_TARGET_NAME_PREFERENCE STANDARD)
                 swig_add_library(mymod LANGUAGE python SOURCES mymod.i)
                 get_property(support_files TARGET mymod PROPERTY SWIG_SUPPORT_FILES)

              NOTE:
                 Only  most  principal support files are listed. In case some advanced features of SWIG are used
                 (for example %template), associated support  files  may  not  be  listed.  Prefer  to  use  the
                 SWIG_SUPPORT_FILES_DIRECTORY property to handle support files.

       SWIG_SUPPORT_FILES_DIRECTORY
              New in version 3.12.

              This output property specifies the directory where support files will be generated.

              NOTE:
                 When  source  property  OUTPUT_DIR is defined, multiple directories can be specified as part of
                 SWIG_SUPPORT_FILES_DIRECTORY.

       Some variables can be set to customize the behavior of swig_add_library as well as SWIG:

       UseSWIG_MODULE_VERSION
              New in version 3.12.

              Specify different behaviors for UseSWIG module.

              • Set to 1 or undefined: Legacy behavior is applied.

              • Set to 2: A new strategy is applied regarding support files: the  output  directory  of  support
                files is erased before SWIG interface compilation.

       CMAKE_SWIG_FLAGS
              Add flags to all swig calls.

       CMAKE_SWIG_OUTDIR
              Specify where to write the language specific files (swig -outdir option).

       SWIG_OUTFILE_DIR
              New in version 3.8.

              Specify  an  output  directory  name  where  the  generated  source  file  will be placed.  If not
              specified, CMAKE_SWIG_OUTDIR is used.

       SWIG_MODULE_<name>_EXTRA_DEPS
              Specify extra dependencies for the generated module for <name>.

       SWIG_SOURCE_FILE_EXTENSIONS
              New in version 3.14.

              Specify a list of source file extensions to override the default behavior of considering  only  .i
              files as sources for the SWIG tool. For example:

                 set(SWIG_SOURCE_FILE_EXTENSIONS ".i" ".swg")

       SWIG_USE_SWIG_DEPENDENCIES
              New in version 3.20.

              If set to TRUE, implicit dependencies are generated by the swig tool itself. This variable is only
              meaningful  for  Makefile,  Ninja,  Xcode,  and  Visual  Studio  (Visual Studio 11 2012 and above)
              generators. Default value is FALSE.

              Source file property USE_SWIG_DEPENDENCIES, if not defined, will be initialized with the value  of
              this variable.

              New in version 3.21: Added the support of Xcode generator.

              New in version 3.22: Added the support of Visual Studio Generators.

   UsewxWidgets
       Convenience include for using wxWidgets library.

       Determines   if   wxWidgets   was   FOUND   and   sets   the   appropriate  libs,  incdirs,  flags,  etc.
       INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES and LINK_DIRECTORIES are called.

       USAGE

          # Note that for MinGW users the order of libs is important!
          find_package(wxWidgets REQUIRED net gl core base)
          include(${wxWidgets_USE_FILE})
          # and for each of your dependent executable/library targets:
          target_link_libraries(<YourTarget> ${wxWidgets_LIBRARIES})

       DEPRECATED

          LINK_LIBRARIES is not called in favor of adding dependencies per target.

       AUTHOR

          Jan Woetzel <jw -at- mip.informatik.uni-kiel.de>

FIND MODULES

       These modules search for third-party software.  They  are  normally  called  through  the  find_package()
       command.

   FindALSA
       Find Advanced Linux Sound Architecture (ALSA)

       Find the alsa libraries (asound)

   IMPORTED Targets
       New in version 3.12.

       This module defines IMPORTED target ALSA::ALSA, if ALSA has been found.

   Result Variables
       This module defines the following variables:

       ALSA_FOUND
              True if ALSA_INCLUDE_DIR & ALSA_LIBRARY are found

       ALSA_LIBRARIES
              List of libraries when using ALSA.

       ALSA_INCLUDE_DIRS
              Where to find the ALSA headers.

   Cache variables
       The following cache variables may also be set:

       ALSA_INCLUDE_DIR
              the ALSA include directory

       ALSA_LIBRARY
              the absolute path of the asound library

   FindArmadillo
       Find the Armadillo C++ library.  Armadillo is a library for linear algebra & scientific computing.

       New in version 3.18: Support for linking wrapped libraries directly (ARMA_DONT_USE_WRAPPER).

       Using Armadillo:

          find_package(Armadillo REQUIRED)
          include_directories(${ARMADILLO_INCLUDE_DIRS})
          add_executable(foo foo.cc)
          target_link_libraries(foo ${ARMADILLO_LIBRARIES})

       This module sets the following variables:

          ARMADILLO_FOUND - set to true if the library is found
          ARMADILLO_INCLUDE_DIRS - list of required include directories
          ARMADILLO_LIBRARIES - list of libraries to be linked
          ARMADILLO_VERSION_MAJOR - major version number
          ARMADILLO_VERSION_MINOR - minor version number
          ARMADILLO_VERSION_PATCH - patch version number
          ARMADILLO_VERSION_STRING - version number as a string (ex: "1.0.4")
          ARMADILLO_VERSION_NAME - name of the version (ex: "Antipodean Antileech")

   FindASPELL
       Try to find ASPELL

       Once done this will define

          ASPELL_FOUND - system has ASPELL
          ASPELL_EXECUTABLE - the ASPELL executable
          ASPELL_INCLUDE_DIR - the ASPELL include directory
          ASPELL_LIBRARIES - The libraries needed to use ASPELL
          ASPELL_DEFINITIONS - Compiler switches required for using ASPELL

   FindAVIFile
       Locate AVIFILE library and include paths

       AVIFILE  (http://avifile.sourceforge.net/)  is  a  set  of libraries for i386 machines to use various AVI
       codecs.  Support is limited beyond Linux.  Windows provides native AVI support, and so doesn't need  this
       library.  This module defines

          AVIFILE_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find avifile.h , etc.
          AVIFILE_LIBRARIES, the libraries to link against
          AVIFILE_DEFINITIONS, definitions to use when compiling
          AVIFILE_FOUND, If false, don't try to use AVIFILE

   FindBacktrace
       Find provider for backtrace(3).

       Checks  if OS supports backtrace(3) via either libc or custom library.  This module defines the following
       variables:

       Backtrace_HEADER
              The header file needed for backtrace(3). Cached.  Could be forcibly set by user.

       Backtrace_INCLUDE_DIRS
              The include directories needed to use backtrace(3) header.

       Backtrace_LIBRARIES
              The libraries (linker flags) needed to use backtrace(3), if any.

       Backtrace_FOUND
              Is set if and only if backtrace(3) support detected.

       The following cache variables are also available to set or use:

       Backtrace_LIBRARY
              The external library providing backtrace, if any.

       Backtrace_INCLUDE_DIR
              The directory holding the backtrace(3) header.

       Typical usage is to generate of header file using configure_file() with the contents like the following:

          #cmakedefine01 Backtrace_FOUND
          #if Backtrace_FOUND
          # include <${Backtrace_HEADER}>
          #endif

       And then reference that generated header file in actual source.

   FindBISON
       Find bison executable and provide a macro to generate custom build rules.

       The module defines the following variables:

       BISON_EXECUTABLE
              path to the bison program

       BISON_VERSION
              version of bison

       BISON_FOUND
              "True" if the program was found

       The minimum  required  version  of  bison  can  be  specified  using  the  standard  CMake  syntax,  e.g.
       find_package(BISON 2.1.3).

       If bison is found, the module defines the macro:

          BISON_TARGET(<Name> <YaccInput> <CodeOutput>
                       [COMPILE_FLAGS <flags>]
                       [DEFINES_FILE <file>]
                       [VERBOSE [<file>]]
                       [REPORT_FILE <file>]
                       )

       which  will  create  a  custom  rule  to  generate  a  parser.   <YaccInput>  is the path to a yacc file.
       <CodeOutput> is the name of the source file generated by bison.  A header file is also be generated,  and
       contains the token list.

       Changed  in  version  3.14:  When  CMP0088  is  set  to  NEW,  bison runs in the CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR
       directory.

       The options are:

       COMPILE_FLAGS <flags>
              Specify flags to be added to the bison command line.

       DEFINES_FILE <file>
              New in version 3.4.

              Specify a non-default header <file> to be generated by bison.

       VERBOSE [<file>]
              Tell bison to write a report file of the grammar and parser.

              Deprecated since version 3.7: If <file> is given, it specifies path the report file is copied  to.
              [<file>] is left for backward compatibility of this module.  Use VERBOSE REPORT_FILE <file>.

       REPORT_FILE <file>
              New in version 3.7.

              Specify a non-default report <file>, if generated.

       The macro defines the following variables:

       BISON_<Name>_DEFINED
              True is the macro ran successfully

       BISON_<Name>_INPUT
              The input source file, an alias for <YaccInput>

       BISON_<Name>_OUTPUT_SOURCE
              The source file generated by bison

       BISON_<Name>_OUTPUT_HEADER
              The header file generated by bison

       BISON_<Name>_OUTPUTS
              All files generated by bison including the source, the header and the report

       BISON_<Name>_COMPILE_FLAGS
              Options used in the bison command line

       Example usage:

          find_package(BISON)
          BISON_TARGET(MyParser parser.y ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/parser.cpp
                       DEFINES_FILE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/parser.h)
          add_executable(Foo main.cpp ${BISON_MyParser_OUTPUTS})

   FindBLAS
       Find Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms (BLAS) library

       This module finds an installed Fortran library that implements the BLAS linear-algebra interface.

       At least one of the C, CXX, or Fortran languages must be enabled.

   Input Variables
       The following variables may be set to influence this module's behavior:

       BLA_STATIC
              if ON use static linkage

       BLA_VENDOR
              Set  to  one of the BLAS/LAPACK Vendors to search for BLAS only from the specified vendor.  If not
              set, all vendors are considered.

       BLA_F95
              if ON tries to find the BLAS95 interfaces

       BLA_PREFER_PKGCONFIG
              New in version 3.11.

              if set pkg-config will be used to search for a BLAS library first and if  one  is  found  that  is
              preferred

       BLA_SIZEOF_INTEGER
              New in version 3.22.

              Specify the BLAS/LAPACK library integer size:

              4      Search for a BLAS/LAPACK with 32-bit integer interfaces.

              8      Search for a BLAS/LAPACK with 64-bit integer interfaces.

              ANY    Search for any BLAS/LAPACK.  Most likely, a BLAS/LAPACK with 32-bit integer interfaces will
                     be found.

   Imported targets
       This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

       BLAS::BLAS
              New in version 3.18.

              The libraries to use for BLAS, if found.

   Result Variables
       This module defines the following variables:

       BLAS_FOUND
              library implementing the BLAS interface is found

       BLAS_LINKER_FLAGS
              uncached list of required linker flags (excluding -l and -L).

       BLAS_LIBRARIES
              uncached  list  of  libraries  (using full path name) to link against to use BLAS (may be empty if
              compiler implicitly links BLAS)

       BLAS95_LIBRARIES
              uncached list of libraries (using full path name) to link against to use BLAS95 interface

       BLAS95_FOUND
              library implementing the BLAS95 interface is found

   BLAS/LAPACK Vendors
       Generic
              Generic reference implementation

       ACML, ACML_MP, ACML_GPU
              AMD Core Math Library

       Apple, NAS
              Apple BLAS (Accelerate), and Apple NAS (vecLib)

       Arm, Arm_mp, Arm_ilp64, Arm_ilp64_mp
              New in version 3.18.

              Arm Performance Libraries

       ATLAS  Automatically Tuned Linear Algebra Software

       CXML, DXML
              Compaq/Digital Extended Math Library

       EML, EML_mt
              New in version 3.20.

              Elbrus Math Library

       FLAME  New in version 3.11.

              BLIS Framework

       FlexiBLAS
              New in version 3.19.

       Fujitsu_SSL2, Fujitsu_SSL2BLAMP, Fujitsu_SSL2SVE, Fujitsu_SSL2BLAMPSVE
              New in version 3.20.

              Fujitsu SSL2 serial and parallel blas/lapack with SVE instructions

       Goto   GotoBLAS

       IBMESSL, IBMESSL_SMP
          IBM Engineering and Scientific Subroutine Library

       Intel  Intel MKL 32 bit and 64 bit obsolete versions

       Intel10_32
              Intel MKL v10 32 bit, threaded code

       Intel10_64lp
              Intel MKL v10+ 64 bit, threaded code, lp64 model

       Intel10_64lp_seq
              Intel MKL v10+ 64 bit, sequential code, lp64 model

       Intel10_64ilp
              New in version 3.13.

              Intel MKL v10+ 64 bit, threaded code, ilp64 model

       Intel10_64ilp_seq
              New in version 3.13.

              Intel MKL v10+ 64 bit, sequential code, ilp64 model

       Intel10_64_dyn
              New in version 3.17.

              Intel MKL v10+ 64 bit, single dynamic library

       NVHPC  New in version 3.21.

              NVIDIA HPC SDK

       OpenBLAS
              New in version 3.6.

       PhiPACK
              Portable High Performance ANSI C (PHiPAC)

       SCSL, SCSL_mp
              Scientific Computing Software Library

       SGIMATH
              SGI Scientific Mathematical Library

       SunPerf
              Sun Performance Library

   Intel MKL
       To use the Intel MKL implementation of BLAS, a project  must  enable  at  least  one  of  the  C  or  CXX
       languages.     Set   BLA_VENDOR   to   an   Intel   MKL   variant   either   on   the   command-line   as
       -DBLA_VENDOR=Intel10_64lp or in project code:

          set(BLA_VENDOR Intel10_64lp)
          find_package(BLAS)

       In order to build a project using Intel MKL, and end user must first establish an Intel MKL environment:

       Intel oneAPI
              Source the full Intel environment script:

                 . /opt/intel/oneapi/setvars.sh

              Or, source the MKL component environment script:

                 . /opt/intel/oneapi/mkl/latest/env/vars.sh

       Intel Classic
              Source the full Intel environment script:

                 . /opt/intel/bin/compilervars.sh intel64

              Or, source the MKL component environment script:

                 . /opt/intel/mkl/bin/mklvars.sh intel64

       The above environment scripts set the MKLROOT environment variable to the top of  the  MKL  installation.
       They  also  add  the location of the runtime libraries to the dynamic library loader environment variable
       for your platform (e.g. LD_LIBRARY_PATH).  This is necessary for programs linked against MKL to run.

       NOTE:
          As of Intel oneAPI 2021.2, loading only the MKL component  does  not  make  all  of  its  dependencies
          available.  In particular, the iomp5 library must be available separately, or provided by also loading
          the compiler component environment:

              . /opt/intel/oneapi/compiler/latest/env/vars.sh

   FindBoost
       Find Boost include dirs and libraries

       Use this module by invoking find_package() with the form:

          find_package(Boost
            [version] [EXACT]      # Minimum or EXACT version e.g. 1.67.0
            [REQUIRED]             # Fail with error if Boost is not found
            [COMPONENTS <libs>...] # Boost libraries by their canonical name
                                   # e.g. "date_time" for "libboost_date_time"
            [OPTIONAL_COMPONENTS <libs>...]
                                   # Optional Boost libraries by their canonical name)
            )                      # e.g. "date_time" for "libboost_date_time"

       This  module  finds  headers  and  requested  component  libraries  OR a CMake package configuration file
       provided by a "Boost CMake" build.  For the latter case skip to the Boost CMake section below.

       New in version 3.7: bzip2 and zlib components (Windows only).

       New in version 3.11: The OPTIONAL_COMPONENTS option.

       New in version 3.13: stacktrace_* components.

       New in version 3.19: bzip2 and zlib components on all platforms.

   Result Variables
       This module defines the following variables:

       Boost_FOUND
              True if headers and requested libraries were found.

       Boost_INCLUDE_DIRS
              Boost include directories.

       Boost_LIBRARY_DIRS
              Link directories for Boost libraries.

       Boost_LIBRARIES
              Boost component libraries to be linked.

       Boost_<COMPONENT>_FOUND
              True if component <COMPONENT> was found (<COMPONENT> name is upper-case).

       Boost_<COMPONENT>_LIBRARY
              Libraries to link for component <COMPONENT> (may include  target_link_libraries()  debug/optimized
              keywords).

       Boost_VERSION_MACRO
              BOOST_VERSION value from boost/version.hpp.

       Boost_VERSION_STRING
              Boost version number in X.Y.Z format.

       Boost_VERSION
              Boost version number in X.Y.Z format (same as Boost_VERSION_STRING).

              Changed  in  version  3.15:  In previous CMake versions, this variable used the raw version string
              from the Boost header (same as Boost_VERSION_MACRO).  See policy CMP0093.

       Boost_LIB_VERSION
              Version string appended to library filenames.

       Boost_VERSION_MAJOR, Boost_MAJOR_VERSION
              Boost major version number (X in X.Y.Z).

       Boost_VERSION_MINOR, Boost_MINOR_VERSION
              Boost minor version number (Y in X.Y.Z).

       Boost_VERSION_PATCH, Boost_SUBMINOR_VERSION
              Boost subminor version number (Z in X.Y.Z).

       Boost_VERSION_COUNT
              Amount of version components (3).

       Boost_LIB_DIAGNOSTIC_DEFINITIONS (Windows-specific)
              Pass to add_definitions() to have diagnostic information about Boost's automatic linking displayed
              during compilation

       New in version 3.15: The Boost_VERSION_<PART> variables.

   Cache variables
       Search results are saved persistently in CMake cache entries:

       Boost_INCLUDE_DIR
              Directory containing Boost headers.

       Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_RELEASE
              Directory containing release Boost libraries.

       Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_DEBUG
              Directory containing debug Boost libraries.

       Boost_<COMPONENT>_LIBRARY_DEBUG
              Component <COMPONENT> library debug variant.

       Boost_<COMPONENT>_LIBRARY_RELEASE
              Component <COMPONENT> library release variant.

       New in version 3.3: Per-configuration variables Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_RELEASE and Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_DEBUG.

   Hints
       This module reads hints about search locations from variables:

       BOOST_ROOT, BOOSTROOT
              Preferred installation prefix.

       BOOST_INCLUDEDIR
              Preferred include directory e.g. <prefix>/include.

       BOOST_LIBRARYDIR
              Preferred library directory e.g. <prefix>/lib.

       Boost_NO_SYSTEM_PATHS
              Set to ON to disable searching in locations not specified by these hint variables. Default is OFF.

       Boost_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS
              List of Boost versions not known to  this  module.   (Boost  install  locations  may  contain  the
              version).

       Users  may  set these hints or results as CACHE entries.  Projects should not read these entries directly
       but instead use the above result variables.  Note that some hint names start in  upper-case  BOOST.   One
       may specify these as environment variables if they are not specified as CMake variables or cache entries.

       This  module  first  searches  for  the  Boost  header  files  using  the above hint variables (excluding
       BOOST_LIBRARYDIR) and saves the result in Boost_INCLUDE_DIR.  Then it searches  for  requested  component
       libraries  using  the  above  hints  (excluding  BOOST_INCLUDEDIR  and  Boost_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS), "lib"
       directories near Boost_INCLUDE_DIR, and the library name configuration  settings  below.   It  saves  the
       library  directories  in  Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_DEBUG  and  Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_RELEASE  and individual library
       locations in Boost_<COMPONENT>_LIBRARY_DEBUG and  Boost_<COMPONENT>_LIBRARY_RELEASE.   When  one  changes
       settings  used  by previous searches in the same build tree (excluding environment variables) this module
       discards previous search results affected by the changes and searches again.

   Imported Targets
       New in version 3.5.

       This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

       Boost::boost
              Target for header-only dependencies. (Boost include directory).

       Boost::headers
              New in version 3.15: Alias for Boost::boost.

       Boost::<component>
              Target for  specific  component  dependency  (shared  or  static  library);  <component>  name  is
              lower-case.

       Boost::diagnostic_definitions
              Interface  target  to  enable  diagnostic  information  about  Boost's  automatic  linking  during
              compilation (adds -DBOOST_LIB_DIAGNOSTIC).

       Boost::disable_autolinking
              Interface target to disable automatic linking with MSVC (adds -DBOOST_ALL_NO_LIB).

       Boost::dynamic_linking
              Interface target to enable dynamic linking with MSVC (adds -DBOOST_ALL_DYN_LINK).

       Implicit dependencies such as Boost::filesystem requiring Boost::system will  be  automatically  detected
       and  satisfied,  even  if  system  is not specified when using find_package() and if Boost::system is not
       added to target_link_libraries().  If using Boost::thread,  then  Threads::Threads  will  also  be  added
       automatically.

       It  is  important  to  note  that  the imported targets behave differently than variables created by this
       module: multiple calls to find_package(Boost) in the same directory  or  sub-directories  with  different
       options (e.g. static or shared) will not override the values of the targets created by the first call.

   Other Variables
       Boost libraries come in many variants encoded in their file name.  Users or projects may tell this module
       which variant to find by setting variables:

       Boost_USE_DEBUG_LIBS
              New in version 3.10.

              Set to ON or OFF to specify whether to search and use the debug libraries.  Default is ON.

       Boost_USE_RELEASE_LIBS
              New in version 3.10.

              Set to ON or OFF to specify whether to search and use the release libraries.  Default is ON.

       Boost_USE_MULTITHREADED
              Set to OFF to use the non-multithreaded libraries ("mt" tag). Default is ON.

       Boost_USE_STATIC_LIBS
              Set to ON to force the use of the static libraries.  Default is OFF.

       Boost_USE_STATIC_RUNTIME
              Set  to  ON  or  OFF to specify whether to use libraries linked statically to the C++ runtime ("s"
              tag).  Default is platform dependent.

       Boost_USE_DEBUG_RUNTIME
              Set to ON or OFF to specify whether to use libraries linked to the MS debug C++ runtime ("g" tag).
              Default is ON.

       Boost_USE_DEBUG_PYTHON
              Set to ON to use libraries compiled with a debug Python build ("y" tag).  Default is OFF.

       Boost_USE_STLPORT
              Set to ON to use libraries compiled with STLPort ("p" tag). Default is OFF.

       Boost_USE_STLPORT_DEPRECATED_NATIVE_IOSTREAMS
              Set to ON to use libraries compiled with STLPort deprecated "native iostreams" ("n" tag).  Default
              is OFF.

       Boost_COMPILER
              Set to the compiler-specific library suffix (e.g. -gcc43).  Default is auto-computed for  the  C++
              compiler in use.

              Changed  in  version 3.9: A list may be used if multiple compatible suffixes should be tested for,
              in decreasing order of preference.

       Boost_LIB_PREFIX
              New in version 3.18.

              Set to the platform-specific library name prefix (e.g. lib) used by Boost static  libs.   This  is
              needed only on platforms where CMake does not know the prefix by default.

       Boost_ARCHITECTURE
              New in version 3.13.

              Set to the architecture-specific library suffix (e.g. -x64).  Default is auto-computed for the C++
              compiler in use.

       Boost_THREADAPI
              Suffix  for  thread component library name, such as pthread or win32.  Names with and without this
              suffix will both be tried.

       Boost_NAMESPACE
              Alternate  namespace  used  to  build  boost  with  e.g.  if  set  to  myboost,  will  search  for
              myboost_thread instead of boost_thread.

       Other variables one may set to control this module are:

       Boost_DEBUG
              Set to ON to enable debug output from FindBoost.  Please enable this before filing any bug report.

       Boost_REALPATH
              Set to ON to resolve symlinks for discovered libraries to assist with packaging.  For example, the
              "system"  component  library  may  be  resolved  to  /usr/lib/libboost_system.so.1.67.0 instead of
              /usr/lib/libboost_system.so.  This does not affect linking and should not be  enabled  unless  the
              user needs this information.

       Boost_LIBRARY_DIR
              Default value for Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_RELEASE and Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_DEBUG.

       Boost_NO_WARN_NEW_VERSIONS
              New in version 3.20.

              Set to ON to suppress the warning about unknown dependencies for new Boost versions.

       On  Visual  Studio  and  Borland  compilers  Boost  headers  request  automatic  linking to corresponding
       libraries.  This requires matching libraries to be linked explicitly or available  in  the  link  library
       search  path.   In this case setting Boost_USE_STATIC_LIBS to OFF may not achieve dynamic linking.  Boost
       automatic linking typically requests static libraries with a few exceptions (such as Boost.Python).  Use:

          add_definitions(${Boost_LIB_DIAGNOSTIC_DEFINITIONS})

       to ask Boost to report information about automatic linking requests.

   Examples
       Find Boost headers only:

          find_package(Boost 1.36.0)
          if(Boost_FOUND)
            include_directories(${Boost_INCLUDE_DIRS})
            add_executable(foo foo.cc)
          endif()

       Find Boost libraries and use imported targets:

          find_package(Boost 1.56 REQUIRED COMPONENTS
                       date_time filesystem iostreams)
          add_executable(foo foo.cc)
          target_link_libraries(foo Boost::date_time Boost::filesystem
                                    Boost::iostreams)

       Find Boost Python 3.6 libraries and use imported targets:

          find_package(Boost 1.67 REQUIRED COMPONENTS
                       python36 numpy36)
          add_executable(foo foo.cc)
          target_link_libraries(foo Boost::python36 Boost::numpy36)

       Find Boost headers and some static (release only) libraries:

          set(Boost_USE_STATIC_LIBS        ON)  # only find static libs
          set(Boost_USE_DEBUG_LIBS        OFF)  # ignore debug libs and
          set(Boost_USE_RELEASE_LIBS       ON)  # only find release libs
          set(Boost_USE_MULTITHREADED      ON)
          set(Boost_USE_STATIC_RUNTIME    OFF)
          find_package(Boost 1.66.0 COMPONENTS date_time filesystem system ...)
          if(Boost_FOUND)
            include_directories(${Boost_INCLUDE_DIRS})
            add_executable(foo foo.cc)
            target_link_libraries(foo ${Boost_LIBRARIES})
          endif()

   Boost CMake
       If Boost was built using the  boost-cmake  project  or  from  Boost  1.70.0  on  it  provides  a  package
       configuration  file  for  use  with  find_package's  config  mode.   This  module  looks  for the package
       configuration file called BoostConfig.cmake or boost-config.cmake and stores the result  in  CACHE  entry
       Boost_DIR.   If  found,  the package configuration file is loaded and this module returns with no further
       action.  See documentation of the Boost CMake package configuration for details on what it provides.

       Set Boost_NO_BOOST_CMAKE to ON, to disable the search for boost-cmake.

   FindBullet
       Try to find the Bullet physics engine

          This module defines the following variables

          BULLET_FOUND - Was bullet found
          BULLET_INCLUDE_DIRS - the Bullet include directories
          BULLET_LIBRARIES - Link to this, by default it includes
                             all bullet components (Dynamics,
                             Collision, LinearMath, & SoftBody)

          This module accepts the following variables

          BULLET_ROOT - Can be set to bullet install path or Windows build path

   FindBZip2
       Try to find BZip2

   IMPORTED Targets
       New in version 3.12.

       This module defines IMPORTED target BZip2::BZip2, if BZip2 has been found.

   Result Variables
       This module defines the following variables:

       BZIP2_FOUND
              system has BZip2

       BZIP2_INCLUDE_DIRS
              New in version 3.12: the BZip2 include directories

       BZIP2_LIBRARIES
              Link these to use BZip2

       BZIP2_NEED_PREFIX
              this is set if the functions are prefixed with BZ2_

       BZIP2_VERSION_STRING
              the version of BZip2 found

   Cache variables
       The following cache variables may also be set:

       BZIP2_INCLUDE_DIR
              the BZip2 include directory

   FindCABLE
       Find CABLE

       This module finds if CABLE is installed and determines where the include files and libraries  are.   This
       code sets the following variables:

          CABLE             the path to the cable executable
          CABLE_TCL_LIBRARY the path to the Tcl wrapper library
          CABLE_INCLUDE_DIR the path to the include directory

       To  build  Tcl  wrappers,  you should add shared library and link it to ${CABLE_TCL_LIBRARY}.  You should
       also add ${CABLE_INCLUDE_DIR} as an include directory.

   FindCoin3D
       Find Coin3D (Open Inventor)

       Coin3D is an implementation of the Open Inventor API.  It provides data structures and algorithms for  3D
       visualization.

       This module defines the following variables

          COIN3D_FOUND         - system has Coin3D - Open Inventor
          COIN3D_INCLUDE_DIRS  - where the Inventor include directory can be found
          COIN3D_LIBRARIES     - Link to this to use Coin3D

   FindCUDAToolkit
       New in version 3.17.

       This  script  locates the NVIDIA CUDA toolkit and the associated libraries, but does not require the CUDA
       language be enabled for a given project. This module does not search for the NVIDIA CUDA Samples.

       New in version 3.19: QNX support.

   Search Behavior
       The CUDA Toolkit search behavior uses the following order:

       1. If the CUDA language has been enabled we will use the directory containing the compiler as  the  first
          search location for nvcc.

       2. If   the  CUDAToolkit_ROOT  cmake  configuration  variable  (e.g.,  -DCUDAToolkit_ROOT=/some/path)  or
          environment variable is defined, it  will  be  searched.   If  both  an  environment  variable  and  a
          configuration variable are specified, the configuration variable takes precedence.

          The directory specified here must be such that the executable nvcc or the appropriate version.txt file
          can be found underneath the specified directory.

       3. If the CUDA_PATH environment variable is defined, it will be searched for nvcc.

       4. The  user's  path  is  searched for nvcc using find_program().  If this is found, no subsequent search
          attempts are performed.  Users are responsible for ensuring that the first nvcc to show up in the path
          is the desired path in the event that multiple CUDA Toolkits are installed.

       5. On Unix systems, if the symbolic link /usr/local/cuda exists, this  is  used.   No  subsequent  search
          attempts are performed.  No default symbolic link location exists for the Windows platform.

       6. The platform specific default install locations are searched.  If exactly one candidate is found, this
          is used.  The default CUDA Toolkit install locations searched are:
                                 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────
                                   Platform     Search Pattern
                                 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────
                                   macOS        /Developer/NVIDIA/CUDA-X.Y
                                 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────
                                   Other Unix   /usr/local/cuda-X.Y
                                 ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────
                                   Windows      C:\Program Files\NVIDIA GPU Computing
                                                Toolkit\CUDA\vX.Y
                                 ┌────────────┬───────────────────────────────────────┐
                                 │            │                                       │
--

DEPRECATED MODULES

   Deprecated Utility Modules
   AddFileDependencies
       Deprecated since version 3.20.

       Add dependencies to a source file.

          add_file_dependencies(<source> <files>...)

       Adds the given <files> to the dependencies of file <source>.

       Do not use this command in new code.  It is just a wrapper around:

          set_property(SOURCE <source> APPEND PROPERTY OBJECT_DEPENDS <files>...)

       Instead use the set_property() command to append to the OBJECT_DEPENDS source file property directly.

   CMakeDetermineVSServicePack
       Deprecated since version 3.0: Do not use.

       The  functionality  of this module has been superseded by the CMAKE_<LANG>_COMPILER_VERSION variable that
       contains the compiler version number.

       Determine the Visual Studio service pack of the 'cl' in use.

       Usage:

          if(MSVC)
            include(CMakeDetermineVSServicePack)
            DetermineVSServicePack( my_service_pack )
            if( my_service_pack )
              message(STATUS "Detected: ${my_service_pack}")
            endif()
          endif()

       Function DetermineVSServicePack sets the given variable to one of the following values or an empty string
       if unknown:

          vc80, vc80sp1
          vc90, vc90sp1
          vc100, vc100sp1
          vc110, vc110sp1, vc110sp2, vc110sp3, vc110sp4

   CMakeExpandImportedTargets
       Deprecated since version 3.4: Do not use.

       This module was once needed to expand imported targets to the underlying libraries they reference on disk
       for use with the try_compile() and try_run() commands.  These commands now support imported libraries  in
       their LINK_LIBRARIES options (since CMake 2.8.11 for try_compile() and since CMake 3.2 for try_run()).

       This  module  does  not  support  the  policy CMP0022 NEW behavior or use of the INTERFACE_LINK_LIBRARIES
       property because generator expressions cannot be evaluated during configuration.

          CMAKE_EXPAND_IMPORTED_TARGETS(<var> LIBRARIES lib1 lib2...libN
                                        [CONFIGURATION <config>])

       CMAKE_EXPAND_IMPORTED_TARGETS() takes a list of libraries and replaces all imported targets contained  in
       this  list with their actual file paths of the referenced libraries on disk, including the libraries from
       their link interfaces.  If a CONFIGURATION is given, it uses the respective configuration of the imported
       targets  if  it  exists.   If  no  CONFIGURATION  is  given,  it  uses  the  first   configuration   from
       ${CMAKE_CONFIGURATION_TYPES} if set, otherwise ${CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE}.

          cmake_expand_imported_targets(expandedLibs
            LIBRARIES ${CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES}
            CONFIGURATION "${CMAKE_TRY_COMPILE_CONFIGURATION}" )

   CMakeForceCompiler
       Deprecated since version 3.6: Do not use.

       The  macros  provided  by  this module were once intended for use by cross-compiling toolchain files when
       CMake was not able to automatically detect the compiler identification.  Since the introduction  of  this
       module, CMake's compiler identification capabilities have improved and can now be taught to recognize any
       compiler.  Furthermore, the suite of information CMake detects from a compiler is now too extensive to be
       provided by toolchain files using these macros.

       One  common  use  case  for  this  module  was to skip CMake's checks for a working compiler when using a
       cross-compiler that cannot link binaries without special flags or custom linker scripts.   This  case  is
       now supported by setting the CMAKE_TRY_COMPILE_TARGET_TYPE variable in the toolchain file instead.

                                                         ----

       Macro CMAKE_FORCE_C_COMPILER has the following signature:

          CMAKE_FORCE_C_COMPILER(<compiler> <compiler-id>)

       It sets CMAKE_C_COMPILER to the given compiler and the cmake internal variable CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ID to the
       given compiler-id.  It also bypasses the check for working compiler and basic compiler information tests.

       Macro CMAKE_FORCE_CXX_COMPILER has the following signature:

          CMAKE_FORCE_CXX_COMPILER(<compiler> <compiler-id>)

       It sets CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER to the given compiler and the cmake internal variable CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID to
       the  given  compiler-id.   It also bypasses the check for working compiler and basic compiler information
       tests.

       Macro CMAKE_FORCE_Fortran_COMPILER has the following signature:

          CMAKE_FORCE_Fortran_COMPILER(<compiler> <compiler-id>)

       It  sets   CMAKE_Fortran_COMPILER   to   the   given   compiler   and   the   cmake   internal   variable
       CMAKE_Fortran_COMPILER_ID  to the given compiler-id.  It also bypasses the check for working compiler and
       basic compiler information tests.

       So a simple toolchain file could look like this:

          include (CMakeForceCompiler)
          set(CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME Generic)
          CMAKE_FORCE_C_COMPILER   (chc12 MetrowerksHicross)
          CMAKE_FORCE_CXX_COMPILER (chc12 MetrowerksHicross)

   CMakeParseArguments
       This module once implemented the cmake_parse_arguments() command that  is  now  implemented  natively  by
       CMake.  It is now an empty placeholder for compatibility with projects that include it to get the command
       from CMake 3.4 and lower.

   Documentation
       Deprecated since version 3.18: This module does nothing, unless policy CMP0106 is set to OLD.

       This  module  provides support for the VTK documentation framework.  It relies on several tools (Doxygen,
       Perl, etc).

   MacroAddFileDependencies
       Deprecated since version 3.14.

          MACRO_ADD_FILE_DEPENDENCIES(<source> <files>...)

       Do not use this command in new code.  It is just a wrapper around:

          set_property(SOURCE <source> APPEND PROPERTY OBJECT_DEPENDS <files>...)

       Instead use the set_property() command to append to the OBJECT_DEPENDS source file property directly.

   TestCXXAcceptsFlag
       Deprecated since version 3.0: See CheckCXXCompilerFlag.

       Check if the CXX compiler accepts a flag.

          CHECK_CXX_ACCEPTS_FLAG(<flags> <variable>)

       <flags>
              the flags to try

       <variable>
              variable to store the result

   UseJavaClassFilelist
       Changed in version 3.20: This module was previously documented by mistake and was never meant for  direct
       inclusion by project code.  See the UseJava module.

   UseJavaSymlinks
       Changed  in version 3.20: This module was previously documented by mistake and was never meant for direct
       inclusion by project code.  See the UseJava module.

   UsePkgConfig
       Obsolete pkg-config module for CMake, use FindPkgConfig instead.

       This module defines the following macro:

       PKGCONFIG(package includedir libdir linkflags cflags)

       Calling  PKGCONFIG  will  fill   the   desired   information   into   the   4   given   arguments,   e.g.
       PKGCONFIG(libart-2.0  LIBART_INCLUDE_DIR  LIBART_LINK_DIR  LIBART_LINK_FLAGS LIBART_CFLAGS) if pkg-config
       was NOT found or the specified software package doesn't exist,  the  variable  will  be  empty  when  the
       function returns, otherwise they will contain the respective information

   Use_wxWindows
       Deprecated since version 2.8.10: Use find_package(wxWidgets) and include(${wxWidgets_USE_FILE}) instead.

       This  convenience  include  finds  if wxWindows is installed and set the appropriate libs, incdirs, flags
       etc.  author Jan Woetzel <jw -at- mip.informatik.uni-kiel.de> (07/2003)

       USAGE:

          just include Use_wxWindows.cmake
          in your projects CMakeLists.txt

       include( ${CMAKE_MODULE_PATH}/Use_wxWindows.cmake)

          if you are sure you need GL then

       set(WXWINDOWS_USE_GL 1)

          *before* you include this file.

   WriteBasicConfigVersionFile
       Deprecated since version 3.0: Use the identical command  write_basic_package_version_file()  from  module
       CMakePackageConfigHelpers.

          WRITE_BASIC_CONFIG_VERSION_FILE( filename
            [VERSION major.minor.patch]
            COMPATIBILITY (AnyNewerVersion|SameMajorVersion|SameMinorVersion|ExactVersion)
            [ARCH_INDEPENDENT]
            )

   WriteCompilerDetectionHeader
       Deprecated since version 3.20: This module is available only if policy CMP0120 is not set to NEW.  Do not
       use it in new code.

       New in version 3.1.

       This module provides the function write_compiler_detection_header().

       This function can be used to generate a file suitable for preprocessor inclusion which contains macros to
       be used in source code:

          write_compiler_detection_header(
                    FILE <file>
                    PREFIX <prefix>
                    [OUTPUT_FILES_VAR <output_files_var> OUTPUT_DIR <output_dir>]
                    COMPILERS <compiler> [...]
                    FEATURES <feature> [...]
                    [BARE_FEATURES <feature> [...]]
                    [VERSION <version>]
                    [PROLOG <prolog>]
                    [EPILOG <epilog>]
                    [ALLOW_UNKNOWN_COMPILERS]
                    [ALLOW_UNKNOWN_COMPILER_VERSIONS]
          )

       This generates the file <file> with macros which all have the prefix <prefix>.

       By  default,  all  content  is  written directly to the <file>.  The OUTPUT_FILES_VAR may be specified to
       cause the compiler-specific content to be written  to  separate  files.   The  separate  files  are  then
       available  in the <output_files_var> and may be consumed by the caller for installation for example.  The
       OUTPUT_DIR specifies a relative path from the main <file> to the compiler-specific files. For example:

          write_compiler_detection_header(
            FILE climbingstats_compiler_detection.h
            PREFIX ClimbingStats
            OUTPUT_FILES_VAR support_files
            OUTPUT_DIR compilers
            COMPILERS GNU Clang MSVC Intel
            FEATURES cxx_variadic_templates
          )
          install(FILES
            ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/climbingstats_compiler_detection.h
            DESTINATION include
          )
          install(FILES
            ${support_files}
            DESTINATION include/compilers
          )

       VERSION may be used to specify the API version to be generated.  Future versions of CMake  may  introduce
       alternative APIs.  A given API is selected by any <version> value greater than or equal to the version of
       CMake  that  introduced  the  given API and less than the version of CMake that introduced its succeeding
       API.  The value of the  CMAKE_MINIMUM_REQUIRED_VERSION  variable  is  used  if  no  explicit  version  is
       specified.  (As of CMake version 3.22.1 there is only one API version.)

       PROLOG  may  be specified as text content to write at the start of the header. EPILOG may be specified as
       text content to write at the end of the header

       At least one <compiler> and one <feature> must be listed.  Compilers which are known to  CMake,  but  not
       specified  are  detected  and a preprocessor #error is generated for them.  A preprocessor macro matching
       <PREFIX>_COMPILER_IS_<compiler> is generated for each compiler known to CMake to contain the value  0  or
       1.

       Possible  compiler  identifiers  are  documented  with  the CMAKE_<LANG>_COMPILER_ID variable.  Available
       features in this version of CMake are listed in the CMAKE_C_KNOWN_FEATURES  and  CMAKE_CXX_KNOWN_FEATURES
       global properties.  See the cmake-compile-features(7) manual for information on compile features.

       New in version 3.2: Added MSVC and AppleClang compiler support.

       New in version 3.6: Added Intel compiler support.

       Changed in version 3.8: The {c,cxx}_std_* meta-features are ignored if requested.

       New  in  version  3.8:  ALLOW_UNKNOWN_COMPILERS  and  ALLOW_UNKNOWN_COMPILER_VERSIONS cause the module to
       generate conditions that treat unknown compilers as simply lacking all features.  Without  these  options
       the default behavior is to generate a #error for unknown compilers and versions.

       New  in  version  3.12:  BARE_FEATURES  will  define the compatibility macros with the name used in newer
       versions of the language standard, so the code can use the new feature name unconditionally.

   Feature Test Macros
       For each compiler, a preprocessor macro is generated matching <PREFIX>_COMPILER_IS_<compiler>  which  has
       the  content  either  0  or 1, depending on the compiler in use. Preprocessor macros for compiler version
       components are generated  matching  <PREFIX>_COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR  <PREFIX>_COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR  and
       <PREFIX>_COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH   containing  decimal  values  for  the  corresponding  compiler  version
       components, if defined.

       A preprocessor test is generated based on the compiler version denoting whether each feature is  enabled.
       A  preprocessor  macro  matching <PREFIX>_COMPILER_<FEATURE>, where <FEATURE> is the upper-case <feature>
       name, is generated to contain the value 0 or 1 depending on whether the  compiler  in  use  supports  the
       feature:

          write_compiler_detection_header(
            FILE climbingstats_compiler_detection.h
            PREFIX ClimbingStats
            COMPILERS GNU Clang AppleClang MSVC Intel
            FEATURES cxx_variadic_templates
          )

          #if ClimbingStats_COMPILER_CXX_VARIADIC_TEMPLATES
          template<typename... T>
          void someInterface(T t...) { /* ... */ }
          #else
          // Compatibility versions
          template<typename T1>
          void someInterface(T1 t1) { /* ... */ }
          template<typename T1, typename T2>
          void someInterface(T1 t1, T2 t2) { /* ... */ }
          template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
          void someInterface(T1 t1, T2 t2, T3 t3) { /* ... */ }
          #endif

   Symbol Macros
       Some  additional  symbol-defines  are  created  for  particular  features for use as symbols which may be
       conditionally defined empty:

          class MyClass ClimbingStats_FINAL
          {
              ClimbingStats_CONSTEXPR int someInterface() { return 42; }
          };

       The ClimbingStats_FINAL macro will expand to final if the compiler (and its flags) support the  cxx_final
       feature, and the ClimbingStats_CONSTEXPR macro will expand to constexpr if cxx_constexpr is supported.

       If  BARE_FEATURES  cxx_final  was  given as argument the final keyword will be defined for old compilers,
       too.

       The following features generate corresponding symbol defines and if they are available as BARE_FEATURES:
                      ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
                        Feature                 Define                      Symbol        bare
                      ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
                        c_restrict              <PREFIX>_RESTRICT           restrict      yes
                      ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
                        cxx_constexpr           <PREFIX>_CONSTEXPR          constexpr     yes
                      ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
                        cxx_deleted_functions   <PREFIX>_DELETED_FUNCTION   = delete
                      ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
                        cxx_extern_templates    <PREFIX>_EXTERN_TEMPLATE    extern
                      ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
                        cxx_final               <PREFIX>_FINAL              final         yes
                      ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
                        cxx_noexcept            <PREFIX>_NOEXCEPT           noexcept      yes
                      ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
                        cxx_noexcept            <PREFIX>_NOEXCEPT_EXPR(X)   noexcept(X)
                      ──────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
                        cxx_override            <PREFIX>_OVERRIDE           override      yes
                      ┌───────────────────────┬───────────────────────────┬─────────────┬──────┐
                      │                       │                           │             │      │
--

COPYRIGHT

       2000-2024 Kitware, Inc. and Contributors

3.22.1                                          February 03, 2024                               CMAKE-MODULES(7)